United States           Office of           Publication 9240.1 -28
            Environmental Protection      Solid Waste and        EPA/540/R94/024
            Agency             Emergency Response     PB95-963535
                                          July 1994

            Superfund



f/EPA     USEPA CONTRACT

            LABORATORY PROGRAM



            National Functional Guidelines

            for Quick Turnaround Method

            Data Review



            Draft July 1994
                   REPRODUCED BY

                   U S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

                       NATIONAL TECHNICAL

                       INFORMATION SERVICE
                       SPRINGFIELD, VA 22161

-------
-.r}>
   »*

-------
                                            TABLE OF CONTENTS
          Section
                                                                                    Page
\
          1.  INTRODUCTION	„«	  3
          2.  PRELIMINARY REVIEW	1 V«	  5
          3.  DATA QUALIFIER DEFINITIONS ..................... ^;.. . Yl^*- .............  6
                                                                   ~
          4.  VOLATILE DATA REVIEW ....................................... TTj!«&* ...... 7
          I.
          II.
          in.
          IV.
          v.
          VI.
          vn.
       Technical Holding Time
       Initial Calibration
       Calibration Check
                                                                              8
                                                                              11
                                                                              16
       Performance Verification Standard  	.Cil;t|^.. .^	20
                                                     '^.»'K^iv«-
       Laboratory Blanks  	: il^;^,.	24
       System Monitor Compound  	1^15^	29
                                                              "•!-!'^\^..
       Laboratory Control Samples  	.^^^..^	^3&.	33
vni.   Regional Quality Assurance and Qiia^^C^irWE^Ip^);.^^^.._	36
DC    Analytical Sequence	     	^ ??$&£?.	37
X.     Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verifi^iion .. ^§.	39
5.  POLYNUCLEAR AROMATIC HYDROCARBON tHSIIVfeVIEW	44
I.
n.
ra.
IV.
v.
VI.
vn.
vm.
DC
x.
6.  PI
I.
n.
m.
IV.
                                             ts Verification	76
Technical Holding Time
Initial Calibration
Calibration Check
Performance Vi
Laboratory Blanks
System Monitor Compouni
Laboratory Control JSamples
Regio:
AnalplCal Sequence
    Itative and Quantitative
      )ATA
               .Time
Initial
Calibration
Performance Verificati
-------
V.     Laboratory Blanks   	98
VI.    System Monitor Compound   	103
VII.    Laboratory Control Samples	107
VIII.   Regional Quality Assurance and Quality Control	«£;'.	Ill
DC    Analytical Sequence	i^,	112
                                                            ""v^.. .H s x
X.     Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification  	,v.J"?.-^X^,	114
                                                          ,?/; '     ""M^vS <-v.
7.  PESTICIDE DATA REVIEW	.'rr	^l*~	120
I.
n.
m.
IV.
v.
VL
vn.
vm.
DC
x.
       Technical Holding Time	,~	^Sfe~	121
                                                     •'. •>',£                     ~"^,:: T\ _
       Initial Calibration  	.Jfe;	 V^V: 124
       Calibration Check	,^,	.*.	129
       Performance Verification Standard  	^4*3^	•*&&	133
       Laboratory Blanks   	'Vt^^,.. ^j~T.	137
       System Monitor Compound   	TR«>t;»	142
       Laboratory Control Samples	 f4^4=s	146
                                                                •$:' $£% % ^
       Regional Quality Assurance and QuaMty-jControl	r.%|u	149
       Analytical Sequence	.^iTT?^l^^|^**-.»«,..s,. _.	150
       Qualitative and Quantitative Results Veiiieation  .. .,*fSt ."^'lisi*'.	152
8.  AROCLOR DATA REVIEW	^H*	^.	158
I.      Technical Holding Time  	J^^.	159
n.     Initial Calibration	. r>r:^^	"S|^,	161
                           > iyt^ff' ^ ', &|,',f" "4-J;           '-'S» ~ J-
m.    CaUbration Check  . .^^.".'... •?^%-	^^-	165
                        jSir*'         ^% -           '^i-/'-
IV.    Performance VerifiJlJiDn Standard  at5i	:£r.	169
       Laboratory Bl;
V.
VL
VII.
VHI.
DC
X.
                                          Control	185
                                   ults Verification  	188
System Monitor Cof
Laboratory Control Samp!
Regional Q
          S?ii
             aen
      tive and Quantita
                                                                                   Draft 8/94

-------
                                       1.  INTRODUCTION
        This document is designed to provide guidance on evaluating EPA Contract Laboratory Program
(CLP) Quick Turnaround Method (QTM) analytical data. In some applications it may be used as a
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP). In other, more subjective areas, general guidance is provided due to
the complexities and uniqueness of data relative to specific samples.  Areas where the application of
specific SOPs are possible are primarily those in which definitive perfpagS^|Eriteria are established.
These criteria are concerned with specifications that are not sample d^^ndent*i|b|^speciiy performance
requirements that should be fully under a laboratory's control.  These specific reqlii|zBents include blanks,
calibration standards, laboratory control samples, performance verification standards, iiia||erfbnnance
evaluation materials.
        This document is intended to assist in the t
the QTM program.  The data review process provides i
on specific quality control (QC) criteria.  In order to
reviewer should have a complete understanding of the in
recommended that whenever possible the reviewer obtain
the data. When this is not possible, the user should be encoura:
reviewer. Determining contract compliance is not the intended obj
Regional data review process.
                                                 of analytical data generated through
                                            ion on analytical limitations of data based
                                           more spetifieiaseability statements, the
                                                 of thiiata. For this reason, it is
                                                       from the user prior to reviewing
                                                      ijnmunicate any questions to the
                                                              guidelines or of the
        At times, there may be a need to
                                                not meet all contract requirements and
technical criteria. Use of these data does nm <»nstitute a new zequkemeat or a standard of full
acceptance of the data. Any decision to utilize tiata for which iJfcrmilett^ieria have not been met is
strictly to facilitate the progress of projects requi
submitting data which do not meet all specificati
data even if the previously submitted data have been
do not meet specified requirements are never fully
requirements for individual samHere, if the
of specifications, appropriate
may not meet all QC criteridfie to matrix
purpose. The overriding caiioeni of the.
legally defensible, not ne|p|rily obtaining'
                                               ity of the data.  A contract laboratory
                                              ired to reanalyze samples or resubmit
                                            iue to certain program needs.  Data which
                                             A common exception to this guideline is in
                                              of the sample itself limits the attainment
                                 made. Forpsaniple, QTM data from an oily soil sample
                                 ;; however, tt&data may still be useable for the intended
                                 , to support divisions which are technically valid and
                                          all QC criteria.
        The data review shov
or Batch and to state the limitation
analytical method, extent of the probli
submit a Batch:
Batch narrat
        Aj
recipient^
submitt
laborat
Nevada
 (review narrative ge
 it) or user to promote <
the Regional  CLP Techi
    ting the data and to
                        comments that clearly identify the problems associated with a Case
                           data. Documentation should include the sample number,
                              assigned qualifiers.  QTM Laboratories are required to
                        anff^^^Eds encountered that affect the quality of the data. The
                                       review is not performed.
1 accompanies the laboratory data forwarded to the intended data
 lunication. A copy of the data review narrative should be
[Project Officer (TPO) assigned oversight responsibility for the
        aental Monitoring Systems Laboratory in Las Vegas,
        It is the resp
concerning problems and
TPO may be contacted by tel
TPO action be presented  at one
                        ita reviewer to notify the appropriate Regional CLP TPO
                           regard to laboratory data.  If there is an urgent requirement, the
                     to expedite corrective action.  It is recommended that all items for
                                                                                       Draft 8/94

-------
       The QTM program includes an automated Contract Compliance Screening (CCS) function and an
automated data review function.  These functions are performed before the electronic and hardcopy data
are received at the Region. The CCS results, which evaluate the laboratory's compliance with the terms of
the QTM statement of work, may assist the reviewer in performing a more in-depth manual review of the
data. The automated data review function evaluates the analytical results against the QC criteria
established for the QTM analytical procedures, and applies qualifiers as aj|*ropriate to describe the
general usefulness of the data. Because an automated data review functfi|| accompanies the QTM
program, a complete manual review of the data may not be necessary Js|it||iases.  It is recommended,
however, that the Regions perform a complete manual review on I0y^cent^^|j|ardcopy data
packages, and compare the results of the manual review with the results of the aMfyjagsed review.
Discrepancies between the manual and automated reviews should be reported to the t|li;||©ordinator,
Analytical Operations Branch, (OS5204G); U.S. EPA; 401 M Stj^et, SW, Washington,
                                                                                       Draft 8/94

-------
                                   2. PRELIMINARY REVIEW
       In order to use this document effectively, the reviewer should have a general overview of the Batch
or Case at hand. The exact number of samples, their assigned EPA identification numbers, their matrices,
and the number of laboratories involved in their analysis are essential information.  Background
information on the site is helpful, but often this information may be difficult to locate. The site manager
is the best source for answers to questions or further direction.       „ ;J|f .

       Contract Compliance Screening (CCS) is a source of summarizea information regarding contract
compliance. If available, it can be used to alert the reviewer to problems in the data package.
                                                                            "
       Sample cases (Batches) routinely have unique samples;
reviewer. These may include field blanks, field duplicates, and
to be identified. The sampling records should provide:

       1.      Project Officer for site.

       2.      Complete list of samples with information on

               •      sample matrix;

               •      field blanks;

               •      field duplicates;

               •      field spikes;

               •      QC audit samples;
                                   require special atten
                                 >rmance and audit samples
       The QTM
date(s) of sampling.
analysis when assessing tedmi
                                                                                        the
                                                                                           need
Mt/Chain-of-C
      isttate
      pie holding times.
                                                         form includes sample descriptions and
                                                        times between sampling and receipt for
        The laboratory's Batch namtiViipjtaQther source of general information.  Notable problems with
matrices, insuffide»feisaiBpeiwjlume for anall||ilor reanalysis, samples received in broken containers and
unusual                            Batch™
             IF           ^IL
             Itch narrative for theiafBple data package must include a Laboratory Certification
Statemen||paactly as stated in the SOlp, This statement authorizes the validation and release of the
sample,||||J results.  In addition, the laffsratory must also provide comments in the Batch narrative
describilillijitetail any problems encountered in processing the samples in the data package.
       For everflflf^ackage, the.
present, exactly as s
further verify that the da
reviewer should check the
and explain the associated pro1
                                       :r should verify that the laboratory certification statement is
                                    .e., verbatim to the statement in the SOW). The reviewer must
                                   consistent with the laboratory's certified narrative. Also, the
                                  provided in the narrative to determine if they sufficiently describe
                                                                                       Draft 8/94

-------
                               3.  DATA QUALIFIER DEFINITIONS
       The following definitions provide brief explanations of the national qualifiers assigned to results in
the data review process.  If the Regions choose to use additional qualifiers, a complete explanation of
those qualifiers should accompany the data review.
       U-
       R-
       E-
       N-
Indicates that the compound was analyzed for, but was aot detected.  The reported value
is the contract required quantitation limit (CRQL) asi^eciSed in Exhibit C of the QTM
SOW. Note: The CRQL must be corrected for dilutfejL
               Indicates an estimated value.  This qualifier is used when the compoM^pas positively
               identified, but one or more of the QC criteria Jesg., holding times, initial iillicp-
               continuing calibration, SMC, LCS, etc.) havejijeen exceeded to the extent thaliiej data
               should be used with caution.  This quaUfierJslalso used when a compound is defected
               below the CRQL. The reported value shoil(! be considered la quantitative estimate.
               UJ-
       Indicates that the compound
       reported value is the CRQL.  Hi
       approximate and may or may not repn
       to accurately and precisely measure the com
       should be used with caution.  Note: The CRQL
                                                         not detected.  The
                                                       quantitation limit is
                                                        quantitation limit necessary
                                                        the sample. The data
                                                           corrected for dilution.
Indicates rejection of the
(e.g., holding times, initial
exceeded to the extent that th

This qualifier identifies compoun
of the calibration range of the GC in
                                                         •*<;,,f.v
                                            used when one o? more of the QC criteria
                                                      C, LCS, etc.) have been
                                       concentrations exceed two times the upper limit
                                          for that specific analysis. Target
               compounds qualified with the "E" qualififptan be considered to be present in significant
               concentrations.
This qualifier p used to indicate presumptive Isldence/absence of a target compound.
This qual|ili is used to identify positive target compound results in which the absolute
and/or teipive retention ti|^^are outside the identification windows. This qualifier is
also usef44lf^ptify suspsJ^i^^^^^results (e.g., target compounds slightly
outside the ideiipcation window).  This qualifier may be used in combination with the U,
J, and E qualifie"
                            ijes the
                                  analyzed for but was not detected.  The reported
                   CRQL. H^Hter, because of retention time shifts in the field sample
                  ._,Jted QC samples, the data could potentially be false-negative.  Note:
                      or the
                      The CRQLliSsst be corrected for dilution.
                      Indicates the
                      reported posi
                      because one
                      exceeded.
               EN-
                          iund was analyzed for and was detected. However, the
                        result may be both an estimated value and a false-positive
                        tore of the quantitative and target compound QC criteria were
                       non
                   get compounds that may potentially be masked by saturated target or
                  compound chromatographic peaks or chromatographic peaks that
        overlap more than one RRT and/or RT target compound windows. A dilution
        and/or additional cleanup may be warranted to determine if the target compound
        is present
                                                                                       Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                 VOA-Q
                          4. VOLATILE DATA REVIEW
The volatile QTM data requirements to be checked are listed below and described in the following
sections.                                                    1

       I.       Technical Holding Time

       II.      Initial Calibration

       III.     Calibration Check

       IV.     Performance Verification Standard

       V.      Laboratory Blanks

       VI.     System Monitor Compound (SMC)

       VII.     Laboratory Control Samples (LCS)

       VIII.    Regional Quality Assurance and Quality Control

       IX.     Analytical Sequent

       X.      Qualitative and Quantitalive Results Virificatibn
                                                                             Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                           VOA-Q
                                     I. Technical Holding Time
B.
D.
Review Items:  Form QI-VOA, EPA Traffic Report/Chain-of-Custody form, sample extraction
               sheet, and Batch Narrative.

Objective
        The QTM requires significantly faster sample analysis and turnaround ti
        presented in this section are intended to represent "technical" evaluation guii
        is to determine the acceptability of results based on the technical holding time of
        the time of collection to the time of extraction and analysis.

        Criteria
                                                                            criteria
                                                                            ,,,The objective
                                                                                   ile from
        Technical requirements for sample holding times naieisoiily beejaiestablished for water matrices.
        The holding times for soils (and other non-aqueous maiiicte'iS«M3h as sediments, oily wastes, and
        sludge) are currently under investigation. When the resiilts alpelayailable they will be incorporated
        into the data evaluation process.  Additionally, results of holding time studies will be incorporated
        into the data review criteria as the studies are conducted and approved.
        The holding time criteria for water
        Water Act) is as follows:
        For non-aromatic volatile compo
        holding time is 14 days from
               "Maximmn holding Jil
               acid-preserved^
                                                        current 40 CFR Part 136 (Clean
                                                       ?v».
                                                                    water samples, the maximum
                              i, for purgeable ai^taatic hydrocarbons in cooled (@ 4°C +. 2°C),
                                   v) water samples is 14 days from sample collection.
               Water samples that have nc
               below sholad be analyzed
               to ship saSBBles, the laboraj
                      .  <\  "'*%r     -  ..mfffggssp
               these circumstances, the tempet
                                       t maintained^4°C (+ 2°C) and preserved to pH 2 or
                                     L 7 days from sample collection. If insufficient ice is used
                                                samples with no ice left in the cooler. Under
                                                   ttples may exceed 4°C
        It is further recommended
        analyzed within 14 days of sam
                                 itile compounds in properly preserved non-aqueous samples be
                                      ion.
Evali
                                  by comparing the date of sample collection on the QTM
                                    OC) form with the dates of analysis on the analysis sheets
              ical holding times are
               Report/Chain-of-Cus
               QI-VOA).
        VerifytJiafcilhe TR/COC indieapis that the samples were received intact and iced.  If the samples
        were not'l^^^iiiere werejiff problems with the samples upon receipt, the sample condition
        could affect
                                                                                         Draft 8/94

-------
Technical Holding Time
                                                                                  VOA-Q
E.     Action

       If any technical holding time criterion was not met, the associated field sample data may need to
                                                                  armed automatically
                                                               I) or CADRE supplemented
                                                                arted sample results
                                                                pualify data as indicated in
                                                                       determine if a less
                    '        A           *   *»     '     ••\"          "• '&••? ffS^J *
stringent qualification is warranted. Manual reviews of hardcbpy data shotifdj|lsc) be performed in
order to verify and confirm the results of the CADRE review.  The following ^cl^^ire suggested
for qualifying sample data utilizing CADRE and for hajfeopy manual data reviews?8
       be qualified for usability purposes.  Some data qualifications may
       through QTM Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation ('
       with manual reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify the electron!
       conservatively, that is, based on a "worst case" situation.
       Table 1.  The criterion, "*"  for professional judgement,
        1.
       CADRE-Assisted Data Review
                      If technical holding times
               b.
               b.
                      and sample quantitation limits as
                                                              live results as estimated T
                                                               Table 1).
               If technical holding times were grossly
               professional judgement to determine the
               effects of exceeding holding times on the sampli
               determine that post
               approximations
               reviewer may det

               Due to limited infomaticfeomc
               is left to the discretion of tli Ida
               non-aqueous matrices. Profi
               times for nonaueous samples.
                          reviewer must use
                              data and the potential
                                  reviewer may
      or the associated quantitatien limits are
                ith "J" or "UJ," respectively.  The
                •J&.$tl*!t&&v* .           *
                             rejected (R) (see Table 1).
                                                            tiding times for non-aqueous samples, it
                                                         [ewer to apply water holding time criteria to
                                                        judgement is required to evaluate holding
                                                         ; QTM CADRE currently qualifies all non-
                                                          olding time criteria.
                            technical ha
                                 itive.
               In the data
               the effect on th
                                                       this should be noted in the data
live, the reviewer should comment, whenever possible, on
  data of exceeding the holding time.
                                                                                       Draft 8/94

-------
Technical Holding Time
   VOA-Q
                                            TABLE 1
       The following table summarizes the technical holding time criteria and the data qualification
guidelines for all associated field samples.                           ,-!|v
TECHNICAL HOLDING
TIME
WATER
Preserved
Detects
Non-detects
Unpreserved
Detects
Non-detects
NOT OUALIFED
T|if ^r?:a
4&- **$
|4-S> R
^•^ff.
"~~f li L>,-\ ,
.<££' xJ'r
0- 14 days
0 - 14 days
jjjf >14days^'
ii*%a*i4ddi$:

> 28 days
^*%8
0-7days

> 7 days (ai^IJi^*
"rfVi*
> 7 days (aromatics)*^

fl5 > 14 days
(aromatics)*
NON-AQUEOUS %L ~**^^®*8&
"' *?•(• f-. s.££ ,N ' "**,*}, *
Preserved / Unpreserved
0-14 days ^tll*
* &,,}$£• f-i,
|lsi professional
, Misjudgement
Use professional
judgement
* Use professional judgement for
                                               10
Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                         VOA-Q
                                         Initial Calibration
A.     Review Items:  Form QTVA-VOA, Form QIVB-VOA, and initial calibration standards data.
B.     Objective
       Compliance requirements for satisfactory instrument calibration are established to ensure that the
       instrument is capable of producing acceptable qualitative and quantitative da^iior volatile target
       compounds. An initial three-point calibration is performed to determine the iiBefl|ty of response
       for all target compounds and to demonstrate that the J&trument is capable of meetmgiacceptable
       performance.
C.     Criteria
       1.
Three initial calibration standards omtainisg ve|atile target compounds and the System
Monitor Compound (SMC) are analyzed at low^^^^ll), medium (100 ug/L), and high
(SOO ug/L) concentrations at the beginning of the (^atraet, whenever major instrument
maintenance has been performed (e.g., column or detectoiciiejJlacement), or whenever the
daily calibration check or other criteria are not met       ^'-4 ?•»
               The following volatile targe
               calibration standards. Caul
                                              [C are required in the initial
                                                         ition factors are
                               factors
determined for each volatile tarf^cpmpound^^l"the"SMtfin the initial calibration
standards. NOTE: The high conc^pation s|SBidard specified below is the minimum
concentration required in the metho% a hi^er concentration level may be used if the
method specified linearity requkements^ibe demonstrated.
                                          Initial Calibration
                                          )ncentration (ug/L)
                                               Medium
              Compound
                                                            High
              Benzene
              Bromodichlord
              Bromoform
                             ide
                  roform
            :  Chlorobenzene
              1,1-Dichloroethane
              trans-l^-DicM6rqethene
              Ethylbenzene
              1,1,2^-Tetrachloroethane
              Tetrachloroethene
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
                                                 100
                                                 100
                                                 100
                                                 100
                                                 100
                                                 100
                                                 100
                                                 100
                                                 100
                                                 100
                                                 100
                                                 100
                                                 100
                                                 100
                                                             500
                                                             500
                                                             500
                                                             500
                                                             500
                                                             500
                                                             500
                                                             500
                                                             500
                                                             500
                                                             500
                                                             500
                                                             500
                                                             500
                                               11
                                                                       Draft 8/94

-------
Initial Calibration
                                                  VOA-Q
D.
        3.
                                                           Initial Calibration
                                                         Concentrat&ai (ug/L)
Compound Low
Toluene 20
ortho-Xylene 20
para-Xylene 20<;||
1,1,1-Trichloroethane JjlK'
Trichloroethene /
-------
Initial Calibration

               and
                                                      VOA-Q
                                           CF
               where:
                       CF = mean of three initial calibration factors

                       X: = individual calibration values
                        *

                       n = 3
       3.      Evaluate the %RSD values for the volatile iarget compounds and the SMC:
                                                    ^. ^  °       *   /<>,:•! -
                       Check and recalculate the %RSI>'fOT|l%perce^pr more of the volatile target
                       compound(s); verify that the recalculate^ |paip) agrees with the laboratory
                       reported value(s) using the following equations;
                        1           \ /     o           01     -'•-*?
                       and
               b.
Verify that
the criterion
                                  D grea
                     that the
               the mean SMC RT
       values for all volatile target compounds and the SMC meet
         or equal to 2S.O percent  Note those compounds which
             .0 percent.
& SMC in each calibration standard falls within ± 1.0 percent of
  ted from the three initial calibration standards.

|fion (% valley) according to the following equation:

  between cis-12-dichJoroethene and chloroform ,
'eight of smaller peak being reserved
                           vWf-y'
               If errors are detested in the calculations of either the calibration factors, the mean
               calibration factor, or the %RSD, perform a more comprehensive recalculation of
               additional target compounds.
                                                13
                                                   Draft 8/94

-------
Initial Calibration
                                                       VOA-Q
       7.      Verify that the absolute retention time (RT) and relative retention time (RRT) windows
               were calculated correctly for the target compounds and the SMC  The absolute RT
               window is ± 1 percent of the mean RT calculated from the three initial calibration
               standards. The RRT window is ± 0.005 RRT units of theiaean RRT calculated from the
               three initial calibration standards.                    ,4*
E.     Action

       If any initial calibration criterion was not met, the associated field sample
       qualified for usability purposes.  Some data qualifications may be performed
       QTM Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation (£!iDRE) or CADRE supp
       manual reviews. QTM CADRE will qualify, the electronically reported sample results
       conservatively, that is, based on a "worst case" situa||ih.  CADRE will qualify data as indicated in
       Table 2. The criterion, "*"  for professional judgment, should be^^nined to determine if a less
                                                need to be
                                                 icalry through
                                                      with
        stringent qualification is warranted. Manual resMewsspf
        order to verify and confirm the results of the
        for qualifying sample data utilizing CADRE and for
        1.      CADRE-Assisted Data Review

               a.       If the %RSD for
                       greater than 25.0
                       outlier compound(s)
                       field sample should be
                       in Table 2. Non-detects
                       qualified unless a linearity
                       with the low calibration s
                       for a target^cpjnpound in the
                       limit aplStae-lliKQi., and the
                                    should also be performed in
                                  following actions are suggested
                                lual data reviews.
               b.
                                    '! 1 J& -
                   t compound in the initial calibration was
                          be qualified, since the results for the
               be a1cxlr|l^';ai^:^;;;fCK^e results in the associated
              ed for thipeompounQ^s) as estimated (J), as defined
                          field sample would generally not be
                      igh % RSD) due to problems associated
                          For example, very low or no response
                     ibration standard would affect the detection
                         data for that compound should be
                          estimated (UJ) or rejected (R) (see
                     st, then the qualitative and quantitative
                   ijbeak overlap and lack of adequate resolution.
      resolution >
re«Sj|||a£notbi
If peak lres|laticm for the peak pair exceeded the criterion, the positive field
sample resDl^jl^ieuld be qualified using professional judgement as estimated (J)
or presumptiveT^^^at (N). Target compounds that would elute in the region
^Iqejtoion in the Mrt^isglibration may not be valid depending on the extent of
the coelsltoii problem. ^^Ibfessional judgement should be used to qualify non-
detetted taljet compounds as rejected (R) or presumptively present (N), if
coelution pfiltems are evident (see Table 2).
                       If the SMC
                       sample data
                       non
                       theasso
      outside ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT, then the field
      be qualified. The qualitative data (positive identifications and
         may not be accurate due to incorrect retention times, and
      sample data should be qualified using professional judgement
.) or presumptively present (N), as defined in Table 2.

.ta Review
                       If the initial calibration sequence was not followed as required, then professional
                       judgement must be used to evaluate the effect of the non-compliance on the
                       sample data.
                                                14
                                                    Draft  8/94

-------
Initial Calibration
                                                                   VOA-Q
               b.
Potential effects on the sample data due to problems with calibration should be
noted in the data review narrative. If the data reviewer has knowledge that the
laboratory has repeatedly foiled to comply with the requirements for frequency,
linearity, retention time, or resolution, the data repewer should notify the TPO.
                                          ':#•
If retention time windows were not calculated correctly, recalculate the windows
and use the new values for all evaluations.  ,|;" f **<;
                      If standard concentration criteria were not met, use pro:
                      evaluate the effect on the data and notify the TPO.
       The following table summarizes the initial call
guidelines for all associated field samples.
                                                            Igement to
                                               e data qualification
   INITIAL CALIBRATION
            NOT
        QUALIFIED Jte
   %RSD
          Detects
            25.0%

          Non-detects
            25.0%
> 35.0% *
  PEAK RESOLUTION
          Detects

                                                judgement
                                                            >25%*
          Non-detects
  SMCRTS
                                           > 1.5%;
                                          < -15% *
               ± 1.1 - 1.5% *
* Use professio:
                                               15
                                                                Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                          VOA-Q
                                      HI. Calibration Check
A.

B.
D.
Review Items:  Form QV-VOA, Form QI-VOA, and calibration jefeeck standard data.

Objective
   "                      .

Compliance requirements for satisfactory instrument calibration are established to ensure that the
instrument is capable of producing acceptable qualitative and quantitative da^tlgnie calibration
check is perfonned at the beginning of each 24-hour analytical sequence to verrf| l|at the initial
calibration is still valid and to verify that the performance of the instrument is satisfactory on a
day-to-day basis.
        Criteria
        1.
        3.
4.
        5.
       A calibration check standard is the mid-le
       containing both volatile target compounds
       of each 24-hour analytical sequence prior to the
       and QC samples.
       The volatile target compouni
       calibration check analysis.
   caHftfaiion standard (100 ug/L)
         It is analyzed at the beginning
            e method blank and field
                                               tfae SMC listed in H.C.2 mustt»e included in the
       The percent difference (%D) betsseen the
       calibration and the calibration
       ± 35.0 percent for all volatile target icom
              f                      0 ' ^ v>, J
calibration lactor from the initial
 ibration check standard must be within
 and the SMC
               The retention time of sthe SMC in the cajfipation check standard must be within ± 1.0
               percent of the.:ji|eplS&iC':i^ calculated fttl^initial calibration.
        The RRT jigsBbsolute RT, whichever applies, lor all calibration check compounds must
        fall wthin|Se windows estapiaed during the initial calibration. The absolute RT
        window4||| 4 percent of tlp3peam;^ggk|itlated from the three initial calibration
        standards. ^^P^P^T winddw^is^^^^MiT units of the mean RRT calculated from the
        three initial calibEiS©a standards.

                                            cis-l,2-dichloroethene and chloroform must be
               Verify that the calibrafijin check was run at the required frequency and that the
               calibration check was Ifsiipared to the correct initial calibration.
                                       ictors for all volatile target compounds and the SMC
                       labo:
                             Iculate the calibration factor for 10 percent or more of the volatile
                           iund(s); verify that the recalculated value(s) agrees with the
                         reported value(s), using the following equation:
                                                16
                                                                                Draft  8/94

-------
Calibration Check
                                                                                   VOA-Q
                          Calibration Factor =
                                      Total Peak
                                                             (or
                                                 Mass injected (ng)
       3.
       4.
       5.
       6.
E.
       Evaluate the %D between the mean calibration factor
       calibration factor from the calibration check standard
       volatile target compounds and the SMC, using the
           the initial calibration and the
              rcent or more of the
               where:

                      x  = mean of three initial calibratiefc factors

                      xc = calibration factor from calibralKsleheck
                      Check and recalculate the %D for 10 percent orii^Cfe of the volatile target
                      compound(s); verify that the recalculated value(s) lgrises
-------
Calibration Check

       1.      CADRE-Assisted Data Review
                                                           VOA-Q
               b.
                      If the calibration factor for any volatile target compound had a %D between the
                      initial calibration and the calibration check that exceeded ± 35.0 percent, then the
                      outlier compound(s) should be qualified.  The p^jjjifive results and non-detect data
                      in the associated sample for that compound(s) sllapld be qualified as estimated
                      ("J" for detects or "UJ" for non-detects) or r^pelil^^depending on the degree
                      to which the %D criteria was exceeded, as defined in
                             pplies, for a calibration titec^
                               blished during the ini
If the RRT or absolute RT, whichever •»
compound(s) was outside the'
then the outlier compound(s) in
The qualitative data (positive i
be accurate because of inco;
and non-detected sample data
should be qualified using pro:
present (N), depending on the degree
exceeded, as defined in Table 3.
                      If the resolution criterion was not met, then the qul]jtative and quantitative
                      results may not be aceii|Eate:,4ue to inadequate resolution! If peak resolution for
                      the peak pair                                field sample results should be
                      qualified using profesW|al judgementiiiisiaiJiaiel ^1) or presumptively present
                      (N). Target compounds that would elate in the region of coelution in the
                                                            ated field sample should be
                                                        itions and non-detected analytes) may not
                                                          or absoluiTetention times. The detected
                                                                    ""samples for that compound(s)
                                                                    rejected (R) or presumptively
                                                                  ic retention time criteria were
                      calibration check may not
                      problem.  Professional jud|
                      compounds as rejected (R) of
                      are evidentjsgej>ble 3).
                            iding on the extent of the coelution
                           Id be used to qualify non-detected target
                          nptivery present (N), if coelution problems
                      If
                                             more
                         v_ J) percent from the mean SMC RT
  from the initial calibrationSipsn the associated field sample data may
be qualified:'aThe associated field sample data are qualified using
    iudgenieailias--sKpc^di
-------
Calibration Check
   VOA-Q
                                            TABLES
       The following table summarizes the calibration check criteria and *he data qualification guidelines
for all associated field samples.                                    .j^J'
CALIBRATION
CHECK
NOT
QUALIFIED
J
%D /<
Detects
Non-detects
±35.0%
s 35.0%
< -35.0%;j:il||
> SS.O^fff"
35.1-501^
PEAK RESOLUTION
Detects
Non-detects
SMCRTS
,25%
All results *
± 1.0%
Use professional
judgement

V^j J
RRT AND ABSOLUTE RT "\ „• J^f
Detects
Non-detects
RRT: ± 0.005
jpBLT: ± 0.005
1, %

£-*"*$t
£%•> N-
(t """*if%,
,*
>safe
%y^
"'^ttefo.
••'•«

i !-


> 25%*
'"'
± 1.1 - 1.5% *

RRT:> 0.01;
< - 0.01 units *
RT: > 2%;
£ < -2% *

RRT: ± 0.006 - 0.01
units *
RT: ± 1.1 - 2.0 % *
RRT:> 0.005;
< - 0.005 units *
RT: > 1.0%;
< -1.0% *
* Use professional j
                                               19
Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                         VOA-Q
B.
D.
                              IV. Performance Verification Standard
Review Items:  Form QIII-VOA, Form QI-VOA, and performanql^erirication standard (PVS)
               data.                                      ,,-Ir5-

Objective

The PVS is analyzed at least once during each 24-hour analytical sequence ^assess system
stability.                                          ,                   <>•?•***•
       Criteria

       1.
                                                                mcentration level of the
       3.
       4.
       5.
       6.
       7.
                                          y>f a non-compliant PVS-asalysis, the PVS
                                                          : of the current analytical
The concentration of the PVS standard i
low level standard used in the initial
               An acceptable PVS must be analyzed at the c6ra3usi0& of each analytical sequence. The
               PVS must be run within 24 hours after the injectidn||ta|he first initial calibration standard
               or a valid calibration check standard.               *^v
If a PVS reanarysis is requi
reanalysis must be started
sequence.

The PVS must have a percent r
amount in order to report data wi
        The SMC recovei
        or equal to

        TheRT
        calcula

        The RRT ci
        windows estab
        percent of the
        window is ± 0.005
                                           in th€fitnge of 50 -150 percent of the true
                                              s ,  W  **            *
                       PVS must be greater than or equal to 20 percent, and less than
                                       ^efiterion of 50 -150 percent is advisory.
                              must be with%>± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT
                              ition.
                                   UJKlSP-
                                         for all PVS compounds must fall within the
                       ig the initial calibration.  The absolute RT window is ±  1
                        Iculated from the three initial calibration standards.  The RRT
                            >f the mean RRT calculated from the three initial
        1.
        2.
                  e peak resolutib^|S valley) between cis-l^-dichloroethene and chloroform in the PVS
               must be less than or ieiaal to 35 percent
                                      at the required frequency and at the conclusion of the
      that the PVS
         .sequence.^
        Evaluate
                    cent recovery according to the following equations:

                             Amount Observed
                              % Recovery =
                                             Amount Added
                                                       100%
               and
                                               20
                                                                               Draft 8/94

-------
Performance Verification Standard
                                                                            VOA-Q
                                     Amount Observed
               where:
       3.

       4.
                          =  peak area of the PVS compound
                      CFm = calibration factor established duringsifce initi;
Verify that the SMC recovery and RT shift are within the required Q
Verify that the RRT or absolute RT, whichi
the windows established during the initial
percent of the mean RT calculated from
window is ± 0.005 RRT units of the m<
calibration standards.
                                        - ^ . $riM\
                plies, for all PVS compounds are within
            bration.  The .absolute RT window is ± 1
               ; initial catiibration standards.  The RRT
            IT calcula^pfrom the three initial
       5.
Verify that the peak resolution (% valley) for cis-
less than or equal to 35 percent
E.     Action
                                        ^St  '"""
       If any PVS criterion was not met, the associa;
       usability purposes.  Some data qualifies
       Computer-Aided Data Review and Evalual
       reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify the
       is, based on a "worst case" situation. CADRE
       criterion, "*" for professi
       qualification is warran
       verify and confirm
       qualifying sample dajititilizin]
        1.
                        iroethene and chloroform is
                                                              to be qualified for
                                                        atically through QTM
                  ted aut
                  CADRE supplemented with manual
                tried sample results conservatively, that
                data as indicated in Table 4.  The
                    to determine if a less stringent
                  should also be performed in order to
'RE reviewSjfl&e following actions are suggested for
and for hardcs^y manual data reviews.
CADRE-Assisted Data
                      If the
                      criterion
                       Outlier com
               b.
                          compound in the PVS was outside the expanded recovery
                              iter than 150 percent or less than 50 percent), then the
                               ie associated field sample data generated since the last
                                  qualified. The positive results and non-detect data in
                          sampWshould be qualified as estimated ("J" for detects or
                      tects) or rejected (R) (see Table 4).
        If the SMC recovery was less than 20 percent or greater than 200 percent, then
        the field sampj| iflata should be qualified if the SMC in the field sample is outside
        50 -150 per«afit;recovery. The positive results and non-detect data in the
        associated saiftple generated since the last valid PVS or LCS should be qualified
        as estimate$$f" for detects or "UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R) (see Table
                      If the lip? or absolute RT, whichever applies, for a PVS compound(s) was
                      outside the windows established during the initial calibration, then the outlier
                      compound(s) in the associated field samples should be qualified. The qualitative
                      data (positive identifications and non-detected analytes) may not be accurate
                      because of incorrect relative or absolute retention times. The positive results and
                                               21
                                                                        Draft  8/94

-------
Performance Verification Standard
                                                                    VOA-Q
                      non-detect data in the associated sample generated since the last valid PVS or
                      LCS for that compound(s) should be qualified using professional judgement, as
                      rejected (R) or presumptively present (N), depending on the degree to which the
                      retention time criteria were exceeded, as defined in liable 4.
                      If the resolution criterion was not met, then i
                      results may not be accurate due to inadequa
                      the peak pair exceeded the criterion, the
                      qualified using professional judgement as es
                                               ilitative and quantitative
                                                     If peak resolution for
                                                        its should be
                                               (J) of^preiumptively present
(N). Qualitative identifications may be questionable if coelu&^^sts.  Target
compounds that eluted in the region offebelution in the PVS maf^t^ valid
depending on the extent of the coeltt§oji problem.  Professional judgement should
be used to qualify non-detected taj^sf compounds as rejected (R) or
presumptively present (N), if coej^bn problems j^evident (see Table 4).
If the SMC RT of the PVS was
calculated from the initial calibration?"
need to be qualified.  The associated fiel
valid PVS or LCS are qualified using profi
presumptively present (N) (see Table 4).
               Hardcopy Manual Data
                      If the PVS was not analyzed in the
                      judgement must be used toefyaluate
                      sample data.
                                                                     rcent of the mean SMC RT
                                                                       ited field sample data may
                                                                   data generated since the last
                                                                          lent as rejected (R) or
                                                  required, then professional
                                    ^effect of the non-compliance on the
               b.     Potential effects on the sample daia due to problems with PVS analyses should be
                      noted iai;^ii^j|||iew narrative.|;|| the data reviewer has knowledge that the
                      labor^i|ay has repepfedly failed to c^^ry with the requirements for recovery,
                      fre§^incy, retention||iae, or resolutiofti the data reviewer should notify the TPO.
                                                22
                                                                 Draft 8/94

-------
Performance Verification Standard
                                                  VOA-Q
                                          TABLE 4
qualification guidelines for all associated field samples. / ||; ;,
PVS
% RECOVERY
Detects
Non-detects
NOT
QUALIFIED

50 - 150%
*50%
i
.J
< 50%; >15pjff
•t^f "• ?
20 - 49%^8f'%»
SMC % RECOVERY **
Detects
Non-detects
SMCRTS
20-200%
*20%
± 1.0%
PEAK RESOLUTION
Detects
Non-detects
*35%
-M^^^^'^^^^
RRT AND ABSOLUTE
»&%&&
Detects
Non-deteas,r«
± 0.005
^-t^fcasiir" — O.UU5
< 20%; >200%
.-WIO,," 19%

% /

" ^^^?
judgemeatif
,t4v x!>^
®£L 'ii
%
&f^^^,^
%•
ix

'cll'fi, N
|?
Jt*
<^

^^k-.
<10%^|





?-
± 1.1 - 1.5% *
^t/
s
*&
>35%*

€4
RRT:> 0.01;
< - 0.01 units *
RT: > 2.0%;
< -2.0% *

RRT: ± 0.006 - 0.01
units *
RT: ± 1.1 - 2.0%*
RRT:> 0.005;
< - 0.005 units *
RT: > 1.0%;
< -1.0% *
*  Use jpieliessional judgement
** If tfiefll^SsSMC recovery was less
   data sh^lUfeaualified if the SM'
 20 percent or greater than 200 percent, then the field sample
the field sample is outside 50 -150 percent recovery.
                                              23
                                               Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                           VOA-Q
                                       V.  Laboratory Blanks
A.     Review Items:   Form QI-VOA, Form QVI-VOA, and laboratory .blank data.

B.     Objective
        The purpose of laboratory blank analyses is to determine tHelexistence anajpiagnitude of
        contamination resulting from the laboratory environment and to ensure tiatllK? instrument is free
        from potential interferences.  The criteria for evaluation of laboratory blanks *ap§||lo any
        laboratory blank associated with the samples (e.g., meticSl blanks and instrument reS&i,,,  K
        problems with any blank exist, all associated data miu||fee carefully evaluated to
        whether or not there is an inherent variability in thlata, or if the problem is an isolated
        occurrence not affecting other data.
        Criteria

        1.      Method Blanks
                       A method blank analysis is required for each esrtractlQo s| each matrix type
                       (water, soil/solid, etc||iapjt,pith each Batch of samples that are analyzed during a
                       24-hour analytical                          blanks are required for each
                                     , .,  sfissi.      ;"-*?§     .2 v^^x-*->-..          *
                       instrument used duruwp analytic
               b.
The concentration of voi
elute within target compou
be less than one-half the con
   [pounds or potential interferences that
  ition windows in the method blanks must
                                           other int
                                               ) are >
                                              and must '
               d.
[uired quantitation limit (CRQL).

   (unknown compounds that are outside
     using the calibration factor of the
     than one-half the CRQL of that target
                Instrument Blanks
          ecovery m tae-meureB^piamc must be greater than or equal to 20
          | jejs than or equal to 200 percent The SMC recovery criterion of SO
                                                  blank must be within ± 1.0 percent of the mean
                                                te initial calibration.
          RTin'
        'calculated froi
                       An instrum
                       The first instninent
                       before a
                          uired
                    is required at least twice during the analytical sequence.
                   blank analysis is required after the three-point calibration or
                   ition check standard.  The second instrument blank analysis is
                    before the PVS analysis at the conclusion of an analytical
                       The cBaientration(s) of the target compound(s) or potential interferences that
                       elute within target compound identification windows in the first instrument blank
                       (analyzed immediately after the initial calibration or before valid calibration
                       check) must be less than one-half the CRQL.  The concentration of other
                       interferents (unknown compounds that are outside target compound windows) are
                                                 24
                                                                  Draft  8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                                                 VOA-Q
                      calculated using the calibration factor of the nearest target compound and must
                      be less than one-half the CRQL for that target compound.

               c.      Subsequent instrument blanks may contain target Or non-target compound
                      concentrations up to two times (2x) the CRQL<&a
                                                              t- •$":>!,
               d.      The SMC recovery in the instrument
                      percent and less than or equal to 200
                      -150 percent is advisory.

               e.      The RT for the SMC in the mstrumegpjlank must be within ± 1:0 fetcent of the
                      mean SMC RT calculated from the jattial calibration.               "W
                                                         _  _w   iter than or equal to 20
                                                         The SKIC^ecovery criterion of 50
                      An instrument blank must be
                      an anaryte(s) at high conceni
                      greater than two times (2x) the
                      concentration(s) of non-target compo
                      are outside target compound windows)
                      of the nearest target compound.
D.     Evaluation
       1.
       Review the results of all
       evaluate the presence

       Verify that a method blank analysis ^has
       samples for each 24-hour analytical
       samples and that each .method blank mi
       the analytical seaBei^fifaanarv (Form
       associated wilPeach mi
E.
       3.
Action
                                                  following aSsample analysis which contains
                                                  igh conciliation is defined as being
                                                      calibration level. NOTE: The
                                                          ents (unknown compounds that
                                                           led using the calibration factor
                           [-VOA, and raw data to
                           the laboratory blanks.
                                                           irted for each matrix for each Batch of
                                                       on each instrument used to analyze volatile
                                                       ie required criteria. The reviewer can use
                                                         OA) to assist in identifying samples
       Verify tha|m instrument b
       (alibratH^t?cfeeck standard
       analytical set^^e, and
       If the at
                  Suld use
                 The reviewer
was analyzed after the initial calibration or before a valid
             PVS analysis at the conclusion of the
           Blanks met the specified criteria.
                       were not alSJild^with the frequency as described above, then the data
                             judgenlewto determine if the associated sample data should be
                               to obtain additional information from the laboratory. The
        should be broughtli^e attention of the TPO.
           MI in the case of blank resf|s depends on the circumstances and the origin of the blank.
               ~ compound results shjjpd be reported unless the concentration of the compound in the
                    toan or equal tffpve times (5x) the amount in the blank.  In instances where more
       than one^^ associated^ph a given sample, qualification should be based upon a comparison
       with the assocn|^^ank|^ig the highest concentration of a contaminant  The sample results
       must not be correBi^^^ptracting the blank value.

       If any blank criterion was not met, the associated field sample data may need to be qualified for
       usability purposes.  Some data qualifications may be performed automatically through QTM
       Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation (CADRE) or CADRE supplemented with manual
       reviews.  QTM CADRE wfll qualify the electronically reported sample results conservatively, that
                                              25
                                                                              Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                                           VOA-Q
       is, based on a "worst case" situation. CADRE will qualify data as indicated in Table 5. The
       criterion, "*" for professional judgement, should be examined to determine if a less stringent
       qualification is warranted. Manual reviews of hardcopy data should also be performed in order to
       verify and confirm the results of the CADRE review.  The followiipactions are suggested for
       qualifying sample data utilizing CADRE and for hardcopy manualiflata reviews.
        1.      CADRE-Assisted Data Review
a.      Any target compound detected in the sample, that was
       associated blank, is qualified as estimated (J) if the sample co
       than five times (5x) the blank com
       greater than five times (Sx) the bl
       Positive sample results less than
       than the CRQL are reported
                                                                                     in any
                                                                                     ion is less
                                                                 Positive sample resillfe slShat are
                                                            •I are reported without q
                                                           .es (5x) the blank contamination and less
                                                                (U)JleTable5).
                       The reviewer should note that
                       blanks may not involve the same wei
                                                        calculated for method
                                                     , or dilution factors as the
                       associated samples. These factors must be tifcwi into consideration when applying
                       the "5x" criteria, such that a comparison of the ioialiamount of contamination is
                       actually made.
If the SMC
percent or greater
qualified if the SMC in Infield sami
*                     %•$& •-,       •K'XiS-5"
The positive results and nis-jdetect "
qualified as estimated ("J" fojp de
Table 5).
                                                                  trument blank was less than 20
                                                                         le data should be
                                                                         -150 percent recovery.
                                                outside4^
                                                           in the associated sample should be
                                                           *UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R) (see
               Hardcopy
                       If a target
                       taken.  If the
                                  then tbl
                                          tot within ± 1|i|percent, then the associated field sample
                                           ,e last valid nilfhod or instrument blank may need to be
                                              sample data ire qualified based on professional
                                             .) or presumptively present (N) (see Table 5).
                           was found in a blank but not in the sample, no action is
                             >nt(s) was found at level(s) significantly greater than one-
                               id be noted in the data review narrative.
                       There may|||instances in which little or no contamination was present in the
                       associated bisHpiS, but qualification of the sample was deemed necessary.
                       Cbntamuatiofpjitroduced through dilution is one example.  Although it is not
                       always possibl|||) determine, instances of this occurring can be detected when
                       contaminants Jill found in the diluted sample result, but are absent in the
                       undiluted sample result Since both results are not routinely reported, it may be
                      ^impossible pjierify this source of contamination.  However, if the reviewer
                      s^etennines:|£fiat the contamination is from a source other than the sample, the
                       da%^^||d;be qualified. In this case, the "5x" rule may not apply and the sample
                       value sited be reported as a non-detect  An explanation of the rationale used
                       for this determination should be provided in the narrative accompanying the
                       Regional Data Assessment Summary.
                                                26
                                                                         Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                             VOA-Q
                       If gross contamination existed (e.g., saturated peaks), all affected compounds in
                       the associated samples should be qualified as unusable (R), due to interference.
                       This should be noted for TPO action if the contamination is suspected of having
                       an effect on the sample results.                 :
                                                                  *$'.?•
                       If inordinate amounts of other target compouii)d&|were found at low levels in the
                       blank(s), it may be indicative of a problem afll shoip be noted for TPO action.
                       If an instrument blank was not analyzed following a sample|aa|alyjsis which
                       contained an analyte(s) at high concentration(s), sample analysis1|iesu]ts after the
                       high concentration sample must be eg|eated for carryover.  Profesifel|
                       judgement should be used to detenoill if instrument ox)ss-contaminatiii affected
                       any positive compound identificatj^s).  Instrument cross-contamination should
                       be noted for TPO action if the ciSI-contaminatioiJB suspected of having an
                       effect on the sample results.
       The following are examples of applying the blank qua
may warrant deviations from these guidelines.
               Example 1:
Sample result is greater than the CRQL,
of the blanfei

       BJ
       CROC
       Sample
       Qualified
                                     idelines.  Certain circumstances
                                than the 5x multiple
               Example 2:
                                      In this case,
                                              ases
Sample
of the b]
                                      CRQL
                                         iple Result
                                                le Result
less than the
 l
results less than 5.0 (or 5 x 1.0) would be
  (J).

         and is also less than the 5x multiple
                                      1.0
                                      0.5
                                      0.4J
                                      0.5U
                                                 iter than the 5x multiple of the blank result
                                      Blank Result                   1.0
                                         .QL                         0.5
                                    Cample Result                 20.0
                                    Reported Sample Result        20.0

                                   *v  In this case, the sample result exceeded the adjusted blank result
                                      (5 x 1.0) and the sample result is not qualified.
                                                27
                                                          Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                    VOA-Q
                                           TABLES
       The following table summarizes the laboratory blank criteria and pie data qualification guidelines
for all associated field samples.
BLANKS
NOT
QUALIFIED
VV"
' •f^E
-,':
N
V ~"
^f"v- •*„
ALL LABORATORY BLANKS Jiff Hj!t^
SMC % Recovery **
detects
non-detects
SMCRTS
METHOD BLANK
Target compounds
•ii^ Js,
20-200%
*20%
± 1.0%

*-:<,,
> 5 x Blank'ifevel
1st INSTRUMENT BLANK ^
Target compounds
,«'
SUBSEQUENT INSTRU|fij^
*•?$*.•
Target compounds
42&^>
'^y^'^-jjs.
> 5 x Blank Level
«|||^>2009^j
1^^0"
^
I^SS?^ :^m..
s 5 x Bllilcj:L^agii
1<->'e->
& 4% If
- ,,^-?-"
Blank Level
'"'&? , ***
^!%-,
IT BLANK^I

& 5 x Blank Level
#
< 10%
jjr> 1.5%;
C^}ii»5% *


± 1.1 - 1^% *
-•4^",%' -
^li^







 *   Use professional judgement  >
 **  If the SMC recovery in the methi
    200 percent, then Uje field sample
                        ^:|^
    If sample|i?ssalt is also less
     or instrument blank was less than 20 percent or greater than
         be qualified if the SMC in the field sample is outside
QL, reporras not detected (U).
                                               28
                                                  Draft  8/94

-------
                                 VI.  System Monitor Compound
                                                                                         VOA-Q
A.

B.
Review Items:   Form QI-VOA, Form QII-VOA, Form QIH-VOApsad sample and blank data
C.
D.
Objective
       Laboratory performance on individual samples is established ;|y mi
                                                                      ig activities.
field and QC samples and blanks are spiked with an SMC prior to sampleiealBSHaion. Hie
evaluation of the recovery result of the SMC is not necessarily straightforward5;9fe^Seld sample
itself may produce effects due to such factors as interfi^pces and high concentralli^p||arget
and/or non-target analytes. Since the effects of the sj|jiple matrix are frequently outsid
control of the laboratory and may present relativelyjipique problems, the evaluation and review of
data based on specific sample results is frequentlyiplbjective and djitands analytical experience
and professional judgement. Accordingly, this sfecflea consists piipoily of guidelines.
                                                                           All
Criteria
       1.
       3.
       4.
       5.
A single SMC, bromofluorobenzene, is added to all fie]
all matrices to assess extraction efficiency, calculate the
identification, and assess

The SMC recovery criterion
advisory.
       The SMC recovery in the field samj
       percent  However, the SMC recovery
       or equal to 20 percentand less than or
                                                              QC samples and blanks for
                                                                      for compound
                                                                      C samples and blanks is
To use RRTj
than or <
analyses.,
in a fiel
present
                        Dmpounl;||entification p
                                          less than 10 percent or greater than 200
                                           samples and blanks must be greater than
                                         to 200 percent
                                              the SMC recovery must be greater
                                             to 200 percent for field sample
                              10 percent |pt less than or i
                            )lute RT wrndg^ are used for identification purposes if the SMC recovery
                            >le is less thaillftfjeiceBL peaier than 200 percent, or if interferences are
                                          ••» <&.•<„ i*t^. J<            r     ^
       The SMC RT shiff
       the initial calibration.
                       snt, the
                         : exceed ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT calculated during
                             : the SMC percent recovery is zero or if interferences with
                                    is not evaluated.
       Check raw data to
       Sheet (Form QI-VQ
             QHI-VOA).
                tt the SM'
                                       ie SMC recovery and RT shift on the Volatile Analysis Data
                                        LCS Data Sheet (Form QII-VOA), and the PVS Data Sheet
                                       for any calculation or transcription errors.
                                         was calculated correctly by using the following equation:
                                    % Recovery =     x 100%
              where:
                             QD = Quantity determined by analysis
                                               29
                                                                              Draft  8/94

-------
System Monitor Compound
                                                                          VOA-Q
                             QA = Quantity added to samples/blanks

       3.      Check that the SMC RT shift was calculated correctly by using the following equation:
               where:
E.     Action
                                           RT  ~ KT
                                    KTS =  —	*x 100%
                      RTS = Retention time shift percent difference

                      RTS = Retention time of the SMC imiffield sample, QC sample;
                             subsequent calibration stan

                      RT_ = Mean retention time of lilSMC from ta
                         C                         .s83£x?            .;'
       Field sample data are qualified when the recovery of
       greater than 200 percent Field sample data are also q
       percent
       If any SMC criterion was not met,
       usability purposes. Some data qual
                                                          recent initial calibration
                                                   IMC was less than 10 percent or
                                                    ie SMC RT shift exceeded ± 1.0
                                    field sample
       Computer-Aided Data Review and
       reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify
       is, based on a "worst case11 situation.
       criterion, "*"  for professional judgement,
       qualification is warranted. Manual reviews o:
        *
       verify and confirm the resul^, o| the CADRE
       qualifying sample data utffiii|iiii!RE and for
        1.
CADRE-.
                     to be qualified for
         automatically through QTM
                ipplemented with manual
               results conservatively, that
    data as indicated in Table 6. The
     ed to determine if a less stringent
•y data should also be performed in order to
The following actions are suggested for
     manual data reviews.
                      equal
                      qualifii
                            it or
                      If the
                      theassocia
                      associated
                      compounds
                                            pie was outside of the advisory limit of
                                          or equal to 10 percent and less than or
                         t, then the associated sample data may be used without
                          associated QC sample or blank SMC recovery is less than 20
                            200 percent (see Table 6 and QC samples and blank
                     of the SMC was greater than 200 percent in a field sample, then
                       iple data should be qualified.  The positive results in the
                       should be qualified as estimated (J) and the non-detected
                       >t qualified (see Table 6).
                                         in a QC sample or blank was less than 20 percent or greater
                                      then the field sample data should be qualified if the SMC in the
                                    outside SO - ISO percent recovery. The positive results and non-
                                   the associated sample should be qualified as estimated ("J" for
                                    for non-detects) or rejected (R)  (see Table 6).

                      If the recovery of the SMC was less than 10 percent in a field sample, or if
                      interferences are present, then the laboratory should have used absolute retention
                      times for identification of compounds and the data should be qualified. The
                                               30
                                                                       Draft 8/94

-------
System Monitor Compound
                                                                   VOA-Q
                      positive results and non-detect data in the associated sample should be qualified
                      as estimated ("J" for detects or "UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R) (see Table
                      6).
                      If the SMC RT was not within ± 1.0 percent 01
                      from the initial calibration for any QC sampli
                      sample data may need to be qualified. The
                      qualified using professional judgement as
                      (N) (see Table 6 and QC samples and blank sections).
               Hardcopy Manual Data Review
                                               mean SMC RT calculated
                                                   the associated field
                                                   Id sample data are
                                                          iptrvety present
                      If the SMC RT exceeded ± 1.0
                      the initial calibration for any fie]
                      immediately reanalyzed.  If the
                      then the data should be qualified.
                      professional judgement as rejected
                      Table 6.  NOTE: If the SMC percent
                                    of the mean SMC RT calculated during
                                  iple, the samfle should have been
                                  IT was stUftside criteria upon reanatysis,
                                               should be qualified using
                                            ptivety present (N), as defined in
                                              zero, or if interferences with
the SMC were present, the SMC RT shift is nciiilsteted.
               b.
Extreme or repeal
TPO action.
iblems with SMC recoveries should be noted for
                                               31
                                                                Draft 8/94

-------
System Monitor Compound
   VOA-Q
                                           TABLE 6
       The following table summarizes the SMC criteria and the data qualification guidelines for all
associated field samples.                                         ,^<
SMC
NOT QUALIFIED
J .i'£
— ^,£V
^JK
N
% RECOVERY - FIELD SAMPLES "^||K
Detects
Non-detects
10-200%
* 10%
< 10%; >Jl$$%
< J^

1*10%*
:-f,;o^>,
f •(•* ^& V^
>-;>-;•?

% RECOVERY -BLANKS AND QC SAMPLES **4lL $$'
Detects
Non-detects
RTS - field samples
RTS - QC samples
20-200%
* 20%
± 1.0%
± 1.0% 1
< 20%; ^%f%w^|
10-19% ^if|
!l&^?"W^«38! ,
||
s^v*
s*
^-,< 10%
< -1.5%:*
;CI|^r4-5%;
^"<^l5% *


± 1.1 - 1.5% *
± 1.1 - 1^% *
*  Use professional judgement                   i«   /$s *
** If the SMC recovery in a QC sample or blank was lessJiiirn 20 percent or greater than 200 percent,
   then the field sample data should be qualified if the SMC. in the field sample is outside 50 -150 percent
   recovery.
                                               32
Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                         VOA-Q
                                 VII.  Laboratory Control Samples
A.

B.
D.
Review Items:  Form QII-VOA, Form QI-VOA, and laboratory coiitrol sample (LCS) data.
                                                         -3
Objective                                                ,,'Tfb-
                                                      /f^f
Data for LCS are generated to provide information on the accuracy of theisnalytical method and
laboratory performance.
       Criteria

       1.     An LCS must be prepared and extracted

       2.
       3.


       4.

       5.
       An LCS must be analyzed once per
       instrument
       The LCS must contain volatile target compounds
       addition to the required SMC
         matrix for^each Batch of samples.
                 tfe
      Batch pedPhour analytical sequence per
        The recoveries for the LCS
                  known concentrations, in
must be within 30 -11
       The RRT or absolute RT,
       windows established during
       percent of the mean RT calculai
       window is ± 0.005 RRT units of
       calibration standards.
               The RT of the
               established
                                  within ±
                                    ibration.
               The SMCypeeovery in the
               or equalJs&l&QO percent
                      iunds must fell within the
                      RT window is ± 1
          initial calibration standards.  The RRT
        calculated from the three initial
        ,t of the mean RT of the SMC
Evaluation
               Verify that LCS samp]
                                 for
                                     ust be greater than or equal to 20 percent and less than
                                               .criterion of SO -150 percent is advisory.
                                           and analyzed at the required frequency and that
                                        for each matrix, and for each analytical sequence.
       4.
2. ,0|f?Inspect results forweiCS recovery on Form QII-VOA and verify that the results for
    ffr recovery are within S&JL10 percent
                           v*7
       Verify transcriptions ffiia raw data and calculations.

          Eify that the RRT ^absolute RT, whichever applies, for all LCS compounds are within
                   established during the initial calibration. The absolute RT window is ± 1
       percejM^p||e me^j^T calculated from the three initial calibration standards.  The RRT
       window ^^Hp^LRT units of the mean RRT calculated from the three initial
                   '"*$$•%»&'£••' *<•''??
       calibration standards.

5.     Check that the LCS recovery was calculated correctly by using the following equation:
                                               33
                                                                               Draft  9/94

-------
Laboratory Control Samples
                                                                                 VOA-Q
              where:
                            % Recovery = —- x 100%


                      QD = Quantity determined by analysis

                      QA = Quantity added
E.
Action
       If any LCS criterion was not met, the associated field,
       usability purposes.  Some data qualifications may
       Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation (<
       reviews. QTM CADRE will qualify the el<
       is, based on a "worst case" situation. CADRE
       criterion, "*" for professional judgement, should
       qualification is warranted. Manual reviews of hardco]
                                                                                  for
                                     le data may need to be
                                    irmed automatically through
                                    or CADRE supplemented with manual
                                 reported sample results conservatively, that
                                     data a|iaaicated in Table 7. The
                                     ted u> ietermine if a less stringent
                                                          Id also be performed in order to
verify and confirm the results of the CADRE review. The Mepng actions are suggested for
qualifying sample data utilizing CADRE and for hardcopy manual ista reviews.
        1.
        CADRE-Assisted Data
               b.
               d.
                      If the SMC recovery
                      percent, then the
                      the SMC recovery crii
                      performed, then the field
                      sample is outside 50 - ISO
                      data in the associated sample
                      or "U^^Hi^Siiects) or rej
               If
             absol
        Tor
      idows estab!
      iund(s) in
da
beca
non-detect
LCS compoutt
                                                                it or greater than 200
                                                               Id have been reanalyzed.  If
                                                  ipon reanalysis, or the reanalysis was not
                                                    >uld be qualified if the SMC in the field
                                                       The positive results and non-detect
                                               tould be qualified as estimated ("J" for detects
                                                   (see Table 7).
!:RT, whichever ipph'es, for an LCS compound(s) is outside
  during the initial calibration, then the outlier
          _        should be qualified. The qualitative
     swiSSm-detected anatytes) may not be accurate
                              mptivery
                                : relative and absolute retention times. The positive result and
                                    ated sample data for that LCS compound(s) and all non-
                                    . be qualified using professional judgement as rejected (R)
                                          as defined in Table 7.
                      If the
                      qualify sam]
                      solution. If
                      may be qua!
                      compounds
                      or unusable
                     -s^data for
                                 criteria were not met, then the LCS results should be used to
                              ita for the specific compounds that are included in the LCS
                                  recovery is out on the high end, detected target compounds
                              'J." If the LCS recovery is out on the low end, detected target
                                 qualified "J" and non-detects may be qualified estimated (UJ)
                              (see Table 7). Professional judgement should be used to qualify
                              ids other than those compounds that are included in the LCS.
                             >r non-LCS compounds should take into account the compound
                          iund recovery efficiency,  analytical  problems associated with each
                          and comparability in performance of the LCS compound to the non-
com
LCS compound.

If the SMC RT of the LCS was not within ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT
calculated from the initial calibration, then the associated field sample data may
                                               34
                                                                               Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Control Samples
                                                               VOA-Q
                     need to be qualified.  The associated field sample data are qualified using
                     professional judgement as rejected (R) or presumptively present (N) (see Table
                     7)-
              Hardcopy Manual Data Review

              TPO action should be noted if a laboratory failed
              the reviewer has knowledge that a laboratory consistently fails
              recoveries.
                                                   with each Batch, or if
                                                     ite acceptable LCS
                                          TABLE?
       The following table summarizes the LCS
associated field samples.
                                                  guidelines for all
        LCS
    NOT
QUALIFIED
                                            N
  % RECOVERY
         Detects
 30 - 110%
         Non-detects
  SMC % RECOVERY **
         Detects
 20 - 200%
< 20%; >
         Non-detects
                                      < 10%
  SMCRTS
                                     > 1.5%;
                                    < -1.5% *
                                      ± 1.1 -
  RRT AND ABSOL
         Detects
                                   RRT: > 0.01;
                                  < - 0.01 units *
                                   RT: >  2.0%;
                                    < -2.0% *
                                      RRT: ± 0.006 -
                                        0.01 units *
                                    RT: ± 1.1 - 2.0% *
                                                                           RRT: > 0.005;
                                                                           < - 0.005 units *
                                                                            RT: > 1.0%;
                                                                              < -1.0 % *
 *  Use pro:
 ** If the SMC
   then the fie
   recovery.
 *** LCS compound(s) and all IBiKLCS compounds.
                than 20 percent or greater than 200 percent,
             qualified if the SMC in the field sample is outside 50 -150 percent
                                             35
                                                             Draft  8/94

-------
                                                                                         VOA-Q
                             Regional Quality Assurance and Quality Control
                                                                              ad/or QC initiated
                                                                                   iples, blind
                                                                                     i blanks.
A.     Review Items:   Form QI-VOA and quality control sample data.,,
                                                                -:|
B.     Objective                                               Jjg
Regional Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC) aefers to any
by the Region, including field duplicates, Regional Performance Evaluati
spikes, and blind blanks. It is highly recommended that Regions adopt the
C.     Criteria

       Criteria are determined by each Region.

       1.      PE sample frequency may vary.

       2.      The analytes present in the PE sample must be

D.     Evaluation

       Evaluation procedures must follow
       review.  Each Region will handle the
       PE samples should be compared to

E.     Action
       Any action must be in accordance with Regional;||ecifications and the criteria for acceptable PE
       sample results.  Unaco|^^^^^^or PE samplfillshould be noted for TPO action.
                                                              [tified and quantified.
                                                             procedure (SOP) for data
                                                                [dividual basis. Results for
                                                            specific PE samples, if available.
                                               36
                                                                               Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                    VOA-Q
                                   Analytical Sequence
 Review Items: Form QVI-VOA.

 Objective
 The objective of the analytical sequence is to ensure that adecpiate ca
 are applied to sample analyses.
 Criteria
1.      Hie analytical sequence consists of the folding analyses
       calibration or a dairy calibration is pe     ^

       Initial calibration analytical sequence:
                initial three-point calibration;
                instrument blank;
                LCS;
                method blank;
                field sample(s);
                instrument blank(s);
                PVS.
                                                                      i and QC measures
                                                                       on whether an initial
        Daily calibration analytical seq
                instrument
                calib
        Each sample within
        calibration or valid cafl
          ,fi£'&X Ss«»^
                                shafi be analyzed on a GC system meeting the initial
                                        standard technical acceptance criteria.
            isamj
        blank, and after
                          i Batch shalUb analyzed after an acceptable method and instrument
                           eptable LCS.
                           • i
        Each sample within a *^fch shall be run within a valid analytical sequence that concludes
        with an acceptable ins^kent blank and an acceptable PVS.  If a PVS reanalysis is
       fenmtfaed because of a jfp-compliant PVS analysis, the PVS reanalysis must be started
             126 hours after JUI start of the current analytical sequence.
5.
        required

Evaluation
                    itbjiSspkateh shall be analyzed and results reported within the contract
                    "times.
Review the Form QVI-VOA to ensure that the proper anarytical sequence was followed and that
data from all the required analyses are present
                                        37
                                                                                Draft 8/94

-------
Analytical Sequence
                                                                          VOA-Q
E.     Action

       If any analytical sequence criterion was not met, the associated field jsample data may need to be
       qualified for usability purposes.  Some data qualifications may bejplrfonned automatically through
       QTM Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation (CADR% |^ C^ADRE supplemented with
       manual reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify the electronical^^^^^^mple results
       conservatively, that is, based on a "worst case" situation. Ma^ial reviewi^hardcopy data should
       also be performed in order to verify and confirm the results 61 the CADR^;^pew.  The following
       actions are suggested for qualifying sample data utilizing CADRE and for har^cspjiananual data
       reviews.
        1.
CADRE-Assisted Data Review

CADRE will qualify all sample and bla
properly followed. NOTE: The above-mi
analytical sequence does not preclude additii
sequence non-compliance as specified in other
analyzed during an analytical sequence, all associated
qualified "J" as specified above and would also be qualifii
guidelines as specified in

Hardcopy Manual Data Revii
                                                                          sequence was not
                                                                   lification for a non-compliant
                                                                 ilification because of analytical
                                                                  'or example, if an LCS is not
                                                                         blank data would be
                                                                                 ice with the
               If the analytical sequence was no-
               may need to be qualified.  The
               professional judgement as estimated
                                            the data analyzed during this sequence
                                          le data should be qualified using
                                        jected (R).
                                               38
                                                                       Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                         VOA-Q
A.

B.
                 X. Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification


Review Items:   Form QI-VOA and sample data.              ,,;
                                                         /life
Objective

The objective of sample analysis data review is to ensure that qualita
for field samples are accurate.

Criteria

1.     The SMC must be used as the RT marker
                                                                                 titative results
        3.

        4.
               identification. The SMC is also be used JoMonitor extraction efficiency.
                                                          te RRT critfrion used for compound
               The RT for the SMC must be within ±
               during the initial calibration.
        The advisory limit for the SMC recovery is 50 -150
        The SMC recovery must be
        200 percent in order to use
        greater than or equal to 10 pef^nt and 1<
        identification window is ± 0.003IIRRT units o:
        calculated during the initial caUbfalion. If
        percent, greater than 200 percent,
        recovered in the method blank), the
        identification purposes,:  The identificai
        RT for each compound calculated from
               The RRT
               must fell
               Only one
               within an
                                                             tean SMC RT calculated
 or equal to 10 percent asa less than or equal to
^'fetaurj>oses.  K the SMC recovery is
                                                                         percent, the
                                                             mean Km tor each target compound
                                                                 of the SMC is less than 10
                                                              are present (but are adequately
                                                           of the compounds must be used for
                                                         idow is ± 1.0 percent of the mean absolute
                                                        itial calibration.
               If any saturated non-1
                	
                   aborato
                  itifies compoi
                                     lever applies, 181 aU positively identified target compounds
                                 published during the initial calibration.
                                                 for samples within a Batch and analyzed
                                      iund chromatographic peaks are evident, or if any
                                        pr more RRT and/or RT target compound windows,
                             the "E^P^Hag on Form I to indicate this situation. The "E" flag
                             tat exceed the calibration range and the "N" flag identifies positive
               target compound results in which the absolute or relative retention times are outside the
               identification wrndowsSlfor example, if a large peak tail from a saturated peak elutes into
               a target compound identification window, then that target compound is flagged "F^N."  If a
                aturated peak overlaps ;more than one target compound window, then all target
                    aunds that elutjpfithin those windows which are obscured by the saturated peak are
                             If a Ja|ge saturated  peak obscures the entire chromatogram, then all target
               coi
D.
Evaluation

1.      Check the concentration in the sample using the following equation for external standards.
        The response can be measured by automated peak height or peak area measurements
        from an integrator.
                                               39
                                                                               Draft 8/94

-------
      4.
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification

                      Water:
                                Concentration in
        Soil/Solid - (Wet weight basis)


                  Concentration in


where:

        A,.  = response for the

        CFm * calibration factor established1
               calibration. NOTE: Only one
               samples within a Batch and analyzed
               XD.4).

        Vs  ss  volume of

        Ws  »  weight of sam]
                                                                            VOA-Q
              Check the retention time shift (R
              samples or subsequent standards
              for the SMC using Jhfjfollowing
                                                                      techniques during the initial
                                                                  quantitation may be used for
                                                                       analytical sequence (see
              where:
                                                ice between the field and QC
                                          the most recent initial calibration analyzed
                                      time shift % Difference

                                                 SMC in a sample

                                  retention time of the SMC from the most recent initial calibration

                                    iple component or a standard using the following equation:


                                     «RF =
                                               SMCKT
The calib%a|fe|ifcil8fcr for a compound may be calculated by one of three techniques using
data coflectel^ttftag an acceptable initial calibration. Only one of the quantitation
techniques listed below must be used for samples within a Batch and anafyzed within a
given analytical sequence.
                                              40
                                                                                     Draft 8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification

              a.
                                                                           VOA-Q
       5.
        The calibration factors based on the midpoint of the initial calibration curve.
        This option may be used as long as the midpoint values are within ± 10 percent
        of the average of the high and low point values.
               b.

               c.
        The mean calibration factor established during thejinitial calibration.
                                                ** -. . f+f."-. •-
        The "K" curve (line segments) established dv
        run from the low to the midpoint and from tie mid
        mixtures.  Many data systems calculate "K" curves auto:
               Compound quantitation is based on the
               calibration.
                                              factors established
                  ilibration. The segments
                        point calibration
                                initial
Check the compound identification. CtontpiHind identifi
comparison of target compound peaks inisamples to co:
established during the initial calibration.
               a.
        When SMC recovery is greater than or eqj
        to 200 percent:
                are based on the
                identification windows
            percent and less than or equal
                             Target com
                             which the
                             than or eqi
                      11.
                                   identified on the basis of IfcRT in all samples for
                                           ifcei than or equal to 10 percent and less
               Peaks in sample
               their RRT is
               compound established
               b.
                              Target com
                              samples
                                 percent!
  are identified as target compounds if
    units of the mean RRT of the
the initial calibration.
                                              it, greater than 200 percent, or if
                      ii.
       6. /vfVerify that the
               compounds are wi
               Verify that the
               compound chromato
                •     -        _«._
                    than one RRT
               b.
                                are identified on the basis of absolute RT in all
                                                is less than 10 percent, greater than
                                        ferences.

                         mple chromatograms are identified as target compounds if
               their ab1i|e,;:RT is within ± 1.0 percent of the mean RT of the
                 mpound ld|l|B^ed during the initial calibration.
                      absolute RT, whichever applies, for all positively identified target
                      e windows established during the initial calibration.

                       was properly reported on Form I when saturated non-target
                       ie peaks are evident or if any chromatographic peaks overlap
                          RT target compound windows.

                         tographic peaks outside target compound RRT and/or RT
                   evident, the nearest target compound should be flagged "E,N" on
        If chromatographic peaks overlap more than one target compound RRT and/or
        RT windows are evident, the corresponding target compounds should be flagged
             on Form I.
                                               41
                                                                        Draft 8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification

E.     Action
                                                                           VOA-Q
       If any qualitative and/or quantitative result verification criterion was not met, the associated field
       sample data may need to be qualified for usability purposes. Some; data qualifications may be
       performed automatically through QTM Computer-Aided Data R«siew and Evaluation (CADRE)
       or CADRE supplemented with manual reviews. QTM CADREJIi qualify the electronically
       reported sample results conservatively, that is, based on a Voi^ Caafssituation. CADRE will
       qualify data as indicated in Table 8.  The criterion, "*" for^lfession^^^ement, should be
       examined to determine if a less stringent qualification is warranted. Manu^l^views of hardcopy
       data should also be performed in order to verify and confirm the results of the;:;;bplDRE review.
       The following actions are suggested for qualifying sarnp^s data utilizing CADRE 1
       manual data reviews.
        1.
CADRE-Assisted Data Review
               b.
                      If the SMC recovery for a field si
                      greater than or equal to 10 percent
                      the data may be reported without qualifii
       A SMC recovery of less than 20 percent or
       samples or blanks associated with a sample Batch is an
           *            T^S^hsS&ss&sr^w: :•*>,* x..      *
       problems occurred
       unacceptable QC
       data must be qualified
       or rejected (R) (see F

       All target compounds
       (J).
                                                      ^ 50 - 150 percent but was
                                                      equal to 200 percent, then
                                                      >Ie 8).
 percent in the QC
cation that serious
                              on range
                            tion range
                            trations w
                                                              samples associated with the
                                                                   racted and/or reanalyzed and the
                                                            f J*Tfdf^tects or "UJ" for non-detects)
                                                            itory blank sections).
                                                        the CRQL should be qualified as estimated
                              icentrationsilbich exceeded the upper limit of the initial
                               less than ori|faal to two times (2x) the upper
                              be qualified as estimated (J).  Target  compound
                                           (2x) the upper calibration range should be
                                    .
                      If more thtt|||e>method of quantitation is used to calculate the sample results
                      within a Batch?^ift>s§uantitate sample results from the same analytical sequence,
                                ted sampft^esalts for that Batch should be qualified as estimated ("J"
                                 ir "UJ" forllllaetects).

                                        flagged "EJN" by the laboratory should be qualified as
                       If the SMC
                       200 percent,
                            on
                          for a field sample was less than 10 percent or greater than
                        the data should be qualified. If matrix interferences obscure the
                        iitation of the SMC, professional judgement should be used to
                       If no matrix effects are evident, the positive results and non-
                     the affected sample should be qualified as estimated (J or UJ for
                   or rejected (R) (see Table 8). In addition, absolute RTs should be
                       used for identifications.
                       If the RRT or absolute RT, whichever applies, for a positively identified target
                       compound(s) was outside the window established during the initial calibration,
                                                42
                                                                        Draft 8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
                 VOA-Q
                      then the outlier compound(s) should be qualified. The qualitative data (positive
                      identifications) may not be accurate because of incorrect relative or absolute
                      retention times. The associated sample data for that compound should be
                      qualified using professional judgement as rejectedjfR) or presumptively present
                      (N), as defined in Table 8.
                      If the SMC RT criterion was not met for
                      required to have reanalyzed the sample.
                      reanalysis or the sample was not reanalyzed, then the a
Le, the laboratory was
    still out upon
          le data should
                      be qualified. The affected sample data should be qualified
                      judgement as rejected (R) or presumptfey present (N), as di
                                                       '%*&,' .•
                                                       s O'^'i

               Hardcopy Manual Data Review
               NONE
            .Table 8.
            -'--.<*;
SAMPLE
NOT
QUALIFIED
J
J^llfe**"'^!!* -„
E
SMC % RECOVERY ^1^^""^^^^!^^
Detects
Non-detects
SMCRTS
No. of quantitation
methods |
10-200%
*10%
,J'f-0'" **"^
|f
20^&,,
< 10% *B
*B?i
ty^i ^ 1
jfeP
vfi5
ii»< 10% *
"•"-•: rvV<*^ 1 ^CSL*
*' ^^ •»••*' 'Q*
;|%1^% *
>;•
,'P-SL,
H-V;Ct""X,N
I
«>-* --
-V' „'

± 1.1 - 1.5% *





RRT AND ABSOLUTE Irlff ^
Detects
jflpi-detects
Compoun^f^^^
Concentrationl;^|^ _
Saturated/Overlapping
target compound
peak(s)
RRTt^Jfij
0.005 unit! "-i|
1.0%
No acticya^|i,
requiredffc.
•£*•'
s. uppeiw
,— . w8»;i
calibratisB;
?fc ., 4>^
*SV i-%}^"'!^
•--- **f**K^,Z*. %<{
\"'
"^
%.

< CRQL;
> lx-2x
upper
calibration
limit

RRT:> 0.01;
< - 0.01
units *
RT: > 2.0%;
< -2.0 % *



RRT: ± 0.006 -
0.01 units *
RT: ± 1.1 -
2.0%*


"E^"


>2x
upper
calibration
limit

* Use professional judgement.
                                               43
             Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                             PAH-Q
      5. POLYNUCLEAR AROMATIC HYDROCARBON (PAH) DATA REVBEW


The potynudear aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) QTM data requirements to be checked are listed
below and described in the following sections.               4fv°

       I.      Technical Holding Time

       II.     Initial Calibration

       III.     Calibration Check

       IV.     Performance Verification Stand

       V.     Laboratory Blanks          «>,!<;«,
                                          "€>v,S«j,

       VI.     System Monitor Compound (SMC) ^

       VII.    Laboratory Control Samples (LCS)

       Vm.   Regional Quality A
       DC.    Analytical Sequence
       X.     Qualitative and Quantita
                                      44
Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                         PAH-Q
                                    I. Technical Holding Time
B.
D.
K
                      Form QI-PAH, EPA Traffic Report/Chain-of-Cusj^r form, sample extraction
                      sheet, and Batch Narrative.                  ^
Review Items:
Objective
       The QTM requires significantly faster sample analysis and turnaround tmesal&e criteria
       presented in this section are intended to represent "technical" evaluation guidelii^i The objective
       is to determine the acceptability of results based on th^Ieehnical holding time of fHlsawple from
       the time of collection to the time of extraction and analysis.                        ™%?'
       Criteria
Technical requirements for sample holding times
The holding times for soils (and other non-aqueous
sludge) are currently under investigation.  When the resul
into the data evaluation process. Additionally, results of hol
                                                             established only for water matrices.
                                                             fSiifii'as sediments, oily wastes, and
       into the data review criteria as the studies are conducted and apprdvedi
                                                                      "
                                                                      le they will be incorporated
                                                                       tudies will be incorporated
                                                                    40 CFR Part 136 (Clean
The holding time criteria for water
Water Act), is as follows:
                                    \V-        *"%<
       For semivolatile compounds in coopi (@ 4^j|water samples, the
       maximum holding time is 7 days frocisampll collection to extraction and
       40 days from sample extraction to
It is recommended that seliiip
days of sample coUeotsefe and the

Evaluation

Technical holding
Traffic Report/Chain-o;
sample extraction and
within the holding time after
sheets wittttae^teskoi analysis
                                          impounds in
                                            analyzed
                                                 i-aqueous samples be extracted within 14
                                                   40 days of extraction.
                                                        date of sample collection on the QTM
                                     (TR/COC) form with the dates of extraction and analysis on the
                                         (Form QI-PAH).  To determine if the samples were analyzed
                                           compare the dates of extraction on the sample extraction
                it the TR/COC;
              it iced or there were;
             affect the data.
                               that the samples were received intact and iced. If the samples
                                totems with the samples upon receipt, the sample condition
       K any tecMipiJiplding timepperion was not met, the associated field sample data may need to
       be qualified folli|i||Uity proses. Some data qualifications may be performed automatically
       through QTM Com^^^led Data Review and Evaluation (CADRE) or CADRE supplemented
       with manual reviews. '^WtjjR CADRE will qualify the electronically reported sample results
       conservatively, that is, based on a "worst case" situation. CADRE will qualify data as indicated in
                                              45
                                                                              Draft 8/94

-------
Technical Holding Times
                                                                           PAH-Q
       Table 1.  Manual reviews of hardcopy data should also be performed in order to verify and
       confirm the results of the CADRE review. The following actions are suggested for qualifying
       sample data utilizing CADRE and for hardcopy manual data reviews.
        1.
                                                                         results as estimated "J"
CADRE-Assisted Data Review

a.      If technical holding times were exceeded,
       and sample quantitation limits as estimated |S£T (see

b.      If technical holding times were grossly exceeded, the reviewer:
       professional judgement to determine j^ireUability of the data and ^e||>otential
       effects of exceeding holding times OEJ&e. sample results. The reviewer si^y
       determine that positive results or thJlassociated quantitation limits are
       approximations and should be quailed with "J" or'liFJ," respectively.  The
       reviewer may determine that noiietect data shoait be rejected (R) (see Table 1).
                  ^                 <:J-> '•SK-.-ftw .         "•&•*>& "•      *      \ S \           J
                                                                  imes for non-aqueous samples, it
       Due to limited information
       is left to the discretion of the data revi
                                                                   ily water holding time criteria to
                      non-aqueous matrices. Professional judgement E^lpfuired to evaluate holding
                      times for non-aqueous samples. NOTE: QTM CAD1SB parrently qualifies all non-
                      aqueous field sampl^ifsiagstJlie water holding time crit  "
                                                            ,, this should be noted in the data
Hardcopy Manual Data Revii

a.      When technical holding times are >
        review narrative.          s*|>;  ^^

b.      In the data^ieview narrative, the iessdewer should comment, whenever possible, on
        the efi^iia!Wlfisuhing data of iseeeding the holding time.
        The following
guidelines for all
                                            TABLE 1
            pmarizes
                   iples.'
criteria and the data qualification
            TECHNICAL HOLDIN
                ?LEEXTRAC
                  Detects
                  Non-detects
                              0-7 days
                              0-7 days
 > 7 days
7-14 days
> 14 days
                   ; ANALYSIS
                  Non-i
                                            0-40 days
                             0-40 days
                                              > 40 days
40-60 days
> 60 days
                                               46
                                                                        Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                          PAH-Q
                                      BE.  Initial Calibration
A.     Review Items:  Form QIVA-PAH, QIVB-PAH, and initial calibration standards data.
                                                                  ,<>•.•
B.     Objective                                                A|f
        Compliance requirements for satisfactory instrument calibrat
        instrument is capable of producing acceptable qualitative;
                                                                  lished to ensure that the
                                                                         >r PAH target
compounds. An initial three-point calibration is performed to deterniine thljllatearity of response
for all target compounds and to demonstrate that the instrument is capable of li||isg acceptable
performance.
        Criteria
        1.
       Three initial calibration standards cont
       Monitor Compound (SMC) are analyzed
       (100 ug/mL) concentrations at the beginning
       maintenance has been performed (e.g., column or
       daily calibration check or other criteria are not met
     ipounds and the System
    medium (20 ug/mL), and high
     whenever major instrument
   replacement), or whenever the
               The following PAH target
               standards. Calibration fact
               PAH target compound and
               concentration standard si
               method; a higher concentration
               requirements can be demonstrated.
              Compound
                                              the SMC are required in the initial calibration
                                                |;|al£bratipn factors are determined for each
                                                                         NOTE: The high
                                                                trat?on required in the
                                                     if the method specified linearity
                                                          Initial Calibration
                                                          incentration (ug/mL)
                                                       Medium
           High
              Naphthales
              Acenaph
              Acenaphthene
              Fluorene
              Anthracene
              Fluoranthene
              Pyrene
                   a)anthracene
              Benzo(a)pyrene
              Indeno(l,23-cd)pyrene
                                              2.0
                                              2.0
                                              2.0
                                              2.0
                                              2.0
                                              2.0
                                              2.0
                                              2.0
                                              2.0
                                              2.0
                                              2.0
                                              2.0
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
                                                47
                                                                                Draft 8/94

-------
Initial Calibration
                                                                                   PAH-Q
D.
              Compound
                                                  Initial Calibration
                                                Concentratiott (ug/mL)

                                              Low      Medium      High
       3.
      Dibenz(a,h)anthracene

      Benzo(g,h4)perylene

      2-Bromonaphthalene (SMC)

       The percent relative standard deviation
       initial calibration standards must be less
       compounds and the SMC
                                                                             100
                                                                 20

                                                                 20
             for the calibration factors from the three
          br equal to 25.0 percent for all target
               NOTE: Either peak area or peak height
                      that are, in turn, used to calculate
                      measurement used to calculate each calib:
                      be consistent  For example, if peak area is u
                                                             culate the calibration factors
                                                              , the type of peak
                                                             :or for a given compound must
                                                               Jculate the low point
               calibration factor for Pyrene, then the mid and higti%c«a«; calibration factors for
               Pyrene must also bej|iitotia|ed using peak area.
       4.
        5.
       The retention time (RT) of
       ± 1.0 percent of the mean SM<
                          standard must be within
                          initial calibration standards.
       The peak resolution (% valley) between in«|pb(1^3-cd)pyrene and
       dibenz(a4i)anthracene, and between pheaaphrene and anthracene in the low level initial
       calibration standard must be less than Or ;eaaal to 35 percent
                          	                ' f<*.         *
Evaluation

1.
               Verify
               calibra
standard concentrations were used for the initial
               Evaluate the CFs|siM niean CFs for the PAH target compounds and the SMC, using the
               following equations&s|f
                                                   Peak Area (or Height)
                                                48
                                                                                Draft 8/94

-------
Initial Calibration

              where:

                      CF = mean of three initial calibration fectors

                      x- = individual cah"bration values

                      a « 3                                 ^

       3.      Evaluate the %RSD values for the PAH target compounds and

              a.      Check and recalculate the %RSD
                      compound(s); verify that the r
                      reported value(s) using the
                                                                                  PAH-Q
4.
5.
                                                          or more of the
                                                    value(s) agrees with the
               and
               where:
                                             ,,
                      SO =  Standard deviation^
       b.
              Verity that the RT
              the mean SMC RT
                               the %R£gjajahws for all P^B target compounds and the SMC meet
                             ion of less     or equal to 25JD percent Note those compounds which
                                        UK
[C in each calibration standard fells within ± 10 percent of
      the three initial calibration standards.

        ') according to the following equations:

  between indeno(l23-cd\mrene aad

                              	x 100%
     Percent
                                 of smaller peak being resolved
                                    yafley between pkenantkrene aad arahracene
                                 Height of smaller peak being resolved
                                                                    x 100%
                                       49
                                                                             Draft 8/94

-------
Initial Calibration
                                                                           PAH-Q
               If errors are detected in the calculations of either the calibration factors, the mean
               calibration factor, or the %RSD, perform a more comprehensive recalculation of
               additional target compounds.                            ;
        7.      Verify that the absolute retention time (RT) and relativej
               were calculated correctly for the target compounds
               window is ± 1 percent of the mean RT calculated
               standards.  The RRT window is ± 0.008 RRT unitsSurthe
               three initial calibration standards.
                                                        ition time (RRT) windows
                                                        :C  The absolute RT
                                                           initial calibration
                                                                calculated from the
E.      Action
        If any initial calibration criterion was not met, the associated field sample data may need to be
        qualified for usability purposes. Some data quali|fcifions may be plArmed automatically through
        QTM Computer-Aided Data Review and Evalua^i^^CADRE) o||SADRE supplemented with
        manual reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify the elellffiically
        conservatively, that is, based on a "worst case" situation
        Table 2.  The criterion, "*" for professional judgement, shi
        stringent qualification is warranted. Manual reviews of hardco
        order to verify and confirm the results of the CADRE review. The'
        for qualifying sample data utilizing Qlfifyiy^djbr hardcopy manual datajreviews.
                                                         sample results
                                                    will qualify data as indicated in
                                                    examined to determine if a less
                                                          ould also be performed in
                                                               actions are suggested
        1.
CADRE-Assisted Data Revii
                       If the %RSD for any PAHflarget rompoimd in the initial calibration was greater
                       than 25.0 percent, the data should bS qualified, since the results for the outlier
                       compound(s) may not be accurate|and all positive results in the associated field
                       sample shouldjbe qualified for tba| compound(s) as estimated (J), as defined in
                                          ; in the associated field sample would generally not be
                                            ity problem fl|gh % RSD) due to problems associated
                                            ; standard ocxulil For example, very low or no response
                                              . the low calibration standard would affect the detection
                                                           : data for that compound should be
                                                        at as estimated (UJ) or rejected (R) (see
       Table 2c
       quaUfieli'unless a
                lowcalibrai
               get com]
                theCR
              5d using pro


       If resolution
               .be accurat
       resolutloiiiSDr either
       results sK
       presump
       coelution in
       the coelution
       detected targi
       coelution pi
                                               not met, then the qualitative and quantitative results
                                                    .k overlap and lack of adequate resolution. If peak
                                                    exceeded the criterion, the positive field sample
                                       qualified using professional judgement as estimated (J) or
                                          t (N).  Target compounds that would elute in the region of
                                        itial calibration may not be valid depending on the extent of
                                        >lem. Professional judgement should be used to qualify non-
                                       impounds as rejected (R) or presumptively present (N), if
                                         are evident (see Table 2).
                                      was outside ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT, then the field
                                   should be qualified. The qualitative data (positive identifications and
                       non-detected analytes) may not be accurate due to incorrect retention times, and
                                                 50
                                                                         Draft 8/94

-------
Initial Calibration
                                                                   PAH-Q
                      the associated field sample data should be qualified using professional judgement
                      as rejected (R) or presumptively present (N), as defined in Table 2.
               Hardcopy Manual Data Review

               a.      If the initial calibration sequence was not fo!
                      judgement must be used to evaluate the effi
                      sample data.
               b.
                                                required, then professional
                                                  i-compliance on the
Potential effects on the sample data due to problems with cafibtasfoii should be
noted in the data review narrative. Ififfe data reviewer has knowledgilihat the
laboratory has repeatedly failed to q^atfity with the requirements for freqliency,
linearity, retention time, or resolution, the data revjjewer should notify the TPO.
                      If retention time windows
                      and use the new values for all
If standard concentration criteria were not
evaluate the effect on the data and notify the '
                                            /t
                                  Iculated correctly, recalculate the windows
       The following table summarizes the initial calibration
guidelines for all associated field samples.       "%^      /;'
                                                                     professional judgement to
                                         and the data qualification
     INITIAL CALIBRATION
               NOT
              IMJFIED
                  N
     %RSD
            Detects
                               >25.0%
            Non-detects
                                *- 35.0% *
> 35.0% *
     PEAK RESOLUTION
            Deti
                                 Use
                              professional
                              judgement
               >35%*
             ton-detects
               ^results
                                       1.0%
                                                          ± 1.1 -
                                                               *
   * Use professi
                                               51
                                                                Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                           PAH-Q
                                           Calibration Check
A.

B.
D.
Review Items:  Form QV-PAH, QI-PAH, and calibration check seacard data.
Objective
       Compliance requirements for satisfactory instrument calibration are established to ensure that the
       instrument is capable of producing acceptable qualitative and quantitative Qa^;: lie calibration
       check is performed at the beginning of each 24-hour analytical sequence to ver1f^|ba^ the initial
       calibration is still valid and to verify that the perfbrmaale of the instrument is satisfactory on a
       day-to-day basis.

       Criteria
        1.
       3.
       4.
       5.
       A calibration check standard is the mid-1
       containing both PAH target compounds and
       each 24-hour analytical sequence prior to the
       QC samples.
               The PAH target compounds
               calibration check analysis.
                                                      ion standard (20 ug/mL)
                                                     is analyzed at the beginning of
                                                       method blank and field and
                                            C listed in Ii.C.2 must be included in the
        The percent difference (%D) bet«?een the mi
        calibration and the calibration faciaf ifrom
               ± 35.0 percent for all PAH target coamou
                      f                    O    ',;-i*^.x
                                             ilibration%ctor from the initial
                                             ibration check standard must be within
                                            nd the SMC
       The retention time of the SMC in the catftsation check standard must be within ± 1.0
       percent of the
                                           calculated ffioiib initial calibration.
                        lute RT,
                     windows
                     j>ercent of t
                         Twin
TheRRT
fall wii
window
standards.
three initial

The peak resolution (
                  nthrene
ever applies, for all calibration check compounds must
   during the initial calibration.  The absolute RT
             ited from the three initial calibration
             units of the mean RRT calculated from the
                                            between indeno(l,23-cd)pyrene and dibenz(a,h)anthracene
                                                jracene must be less than or equal to 35 percent
               Verify that the calibr
               calibration check was
                                check was run at the required frequency and that the
                               ipared to the correct initial calibration.

                               ictors for all PAH target compounds and the SMC
                                     Iculate the calibration factor for 10 percent or more of the PAH
                                  'und(s); verify that the recalculated value(s) agrees with the
                                 reported value(s), using the following equation:
                                                52
                                                                                Draft  8/94

-------
Calibration Check
                                                                                  PAH-Q
                          Calibration Factor = Total Peak area (or Height)
                                                 Mass injected (ng)
3.
       4.
       5.
              Evaluate the %D between the mean calibration factor
              calibration factor from the calibration check stani
              target compounds and the SMC, using the foUowing equation
                                                             ^'
                                       ,the initial calibration and the
                                               or more of the PAH
              where:
                      Check and recalcula
                      compound(s);
                      reported value(:
                      x = mean of three initial calibra

                      xc = calibration factor from calibration
                                              10
              b.
               Verify that the %D is
               the SMC Note
               criterion.
                           percent or more of iae PAH target
                                 lue(s) agrees with the laboratory
                                     those
                                  for all PAH target compounds and
                              have a %D outside the required
       If errors are >
       perform a:

       Verify
       from the
RT of the SJ
calibrations
                 ations of ;«Ilher the calibration factor or the %D,
            ye recalculatior"^
; within ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT determined
              Verify that the 'Ripiier absolute RT, whichever applies, for all calibration check
              compounds are wiH^g^ndows established during the initial calibration. The absolute
              RT window is ± 1 peroel|!ji||be mean RT calculated from the three initial calibration
                               IT wmdowMlifeP.008 RRT units of the mean RRT calculated from the
                                     lution (% valley) for indeno(1^3-cd)pyrene and
                                      between phenanthrene and anthracene is less than or equal to
       dibenz(a,h)anthracei
       35 percent
       Action
       If any calibratio|jj(|ieck cri|pon was not met, the associated field sample data may need to be
       qualified for usabH^^^es.  Some data qualifications may be performed automatically through
       QTM Computer-Aideai^a Review and Evaluation (CADRE) or CADRE supplemented with
       manual reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify the electronically reported sample results
                                              53
                                                                              Draft 8/94

-------
Calibration Check
                                                                   PAH-Q
       conservatively, that is, based on a "worst case" situation.  CADRE will qualify data as indicated in
       Table 3. The criterion, "*"  for professional judgement, should be examined to determine if a less
       stringent qualification is warranted. Manual reviews of hardcopy data should also be performed in
       order to verify and confirm the results of the CADRE review. Th^following actions are suggested
       for qualifying sample data utilizing CADRE and for hardcopy mapaal data reviews.
        1.      CADRE-Assisted Data Review
               b.
                      If the calibration factor for any PAH target compound ha'clasfefpD, between the
                      initial calibration and the calibration check that exceeded +. 35S|>pcent, then the
                      outlier compound(s) should be qualifies!. The positive results and i|fedetect data
                      in the associated sample for that ro^piijnd(s) should be qualified as esijinated
                      ("J" for detects or "UJ" for non-det||&) or rejected^R), depending on the degree
                      to which the %D criteria was exceeded, as defmedin Table 3.
If the RRT or absolute RT, whicn^^opliesj^a calibration check
compound(s) was outside the window^^^^i^d during the initial calibration,
then the outlier compound(s) in the assc^a^ifield sample should be qualified.
The qualitative data (positive identifications and|li|a-|iletected anatytes) may not
be accurate because of incorrect relative or absolutli||emtion times. The detected
and non-detected sagf^daEi, .in all associated field samples for that compound(s)
should be quaMed asiCgprofe^ioiiai judgement as rejected (R) or presumptively
present (N), depeni
exceeded, as defined
                       If resolution criteria were
                       may not be accurate due to i
                           : pair exceeded the critei
                                                                       ention time criteria were
                                             that woul<
                                              be valid
                       IftheSM
                       calculated fro
                       If the calibra
                       judgement
                                     the qualitative and quantitative results
                                    resolution.  If peak resolution for either
                                  positive field sample results should be
                                   as estimated (J) or presumptively present
                                      in the region of coelution in the
                                        tg on the extent of the coelution
                           ent should be used to qualify non-detected target
                                  ptivety present (N), if coelution problems
                     by more than ± 1.0 percent from the mean SMC RT
                        calibration, then the associated field sample data may
                               ted field sample data are qualified using
           judgementlipjected (R) or presumptively present (N) (see Table
                check sequence was not followed as required, then professional
                  used to evaluate the effect of the non-compliance on the
                b.
           teas i
                       no
     on the sample data due to problems with calibration should be
,e data review narrative. If the data reviewer has knowledge that the
                                                54
                                                                 Draft 8/94

-------
Calibration Check
                                                      PAH-Q
                     laboratory has repeatedly failed to comply with the requirements for frequency,
                     linearity, retention time, or resolution, the data reviewer should notify the TPO.
                                         TABLES          ^-^
                                                          ,-\ *J"S^-*
       The following table summarizes the calibration check criterjaiand the s
for all associated field samples.
                                          ratification guidelines
   CALIBRATION CHECK
   NOT
QUALIFIED
  %D
        Detects
    35.0%

        Non-detects
    35.0%
35.1 - 50.0
  PEAK RESOLUTION
        Detects
     35%*
                                >35%*
        Non-detects
 all results
  SMCRTS
                                               ± 1.1 - U5% *
  RRT AND ABSOLUTE
        Detects

                                RRT: >0.013;
                               < -0.013 units *
                                 RT: > 2%;
                                  < -2%*
                              RRT: ± 0.009
                              - 0.013 units *
                                RT: ±  1.1 -
                                 2.0%*
        Non-detects

                                  ± 1.0%
                                               RRT:> 0.008;
                                                 < -0.008
                                                  units *
                                                RT: > 1.0%;
                                                 < - 1.0% *
                                            55
                                                    Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                          PAH-Q
                               IV.  Performance Verification Standard
A.

B.
D.
Review Items:   Form QHI-PAH, QI-PAH, and performance verification standard (PVS) data.

Objective
       The PVS is analyzed at least once during each 24-hour analytical sequence to assess system
       stability.

       Criteria
1.
       3.
       4.
       5.
       7.
               The concentration of the PVS standard is
               low level standard used in the initial

               An acceptable PVS must be analyzed at tfi>
               PVS must be run within 24 hours after the in]
               or a valid calibration check standard.
                ies (2x) theconcentration level of the
                                                                 analytical sequence. The
                                                           ,e first initial calibration standard
       If a PVS reanalysis is required because of a non-compliant PVS analysis, the PVS
       reanalysis must be started wj^^^^un after the start of the cirrent analytical
       sequence.                "*"""'" •"i*i~*"-*"~
       The PVS must have a percent
       amount in order to report data

       The SMC recovery criterion
       recovery in the PV!
       200 percent

       TheRT
       calculat
       TheRRT
       windows estabi
       percent of the
       window
                            i percent of the true
              is advisory onfy. However, the SMC
            equal to 20 percent, and less than or equal to
                                                       *^*; ,?•<
                                             must be wit@%*± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT
                                            ition.
                           0.008
             for all PVS compounds must fall within the
initial calibration. The absolute RT window is ± 1
   from the three initial calibration standards. TheRRT
   e mean RRT calculated from the three initial
                                     valley) between indeno(l,23-cd)pyrene and dibenz(a,h)anthracene
                                      e and anthracene in the PVS must be less than or equal to 45
        1.
               ana

        2.      Evaluate the
                it the P VSJj$$s analyzed at the required frequency and at the conclusion of the


                              it recovery according to the following equations:
                                               56
                                                                               Draft 8/94

-------
Performance Verification Standard
                                                                                   PAH-Q
                                            Anount
E.
               and
               where:
                                             Amount Added
                                     Amount Observed = ——
                                                       CF_
                                                            x 100%
        3.

        4.
               AX  =   peak area of the PVS compound

               CFm =  calibration factor established luring the initial calibration
                                              _\|>v
                                              <^l,vf            ,.--,,,
        Verify that the SMC recovery and RT shpOire within the jequired QC limits.
                                            1',-^"           ,??r*^
       5.
Action
        Verify that the RRT or absolute RT, wl
        the windows established during the initial calil
        percent of the mean RT calculated from the three
        window is ± 0.008 RRT units of the mean RRT ca
        calibration standards.
        Verify that the peak resolu
        dibenz(a,h)anthracene and
        45 percent
           all PVS compounds are within
        lie absolute RT window is ± 1
       Calibration standards. The RRT
                the three initial
      l,23-cd)pyrene and
                 is less than or equal to
        If any PVS criterion was n9t.mej, the associat
        usability purposes.
        Computer-Aided Dai
        reviews.  QTM
        is, based on a Voi$* iase" situation.:
        criterion, "*" f<
       qualification is
                         Mami
                                                 sample data may need to be qualified for
                                    itions may be ||erformed automatically through QTM
                                    luation (CADi^E) or CADRE supplemented with manual
                                      lectronically ported sample results conservatively, that
                                      •RE will qualify data as indicated in Table 4.  The
                                               fxamined to determine if a less stringent
data should also be performed in order to
       H"oiiin«i**w*A ia TT«ni«ijrgfiwiffi^ jXMnwxK~rwv&w&r<*n?*waM*aiv&uy uaui aiiuuiu aiau uc u^nullllCU ill UlUw
       verify and confirm the r^flfe^f the CADRE review. The following actions are suggested for
       qualifying sample data utiliMi^^pRE and for hardcopy manual data reviews.
                      If the
                      criterion
                      outlier com
                      valid PVS or
                      the
                      "UJ" for non
                             of a compound in the PVS was outside the expanded recovery
                                , greater than 150 percent or less than 50 percent), then the
                               (s) in the associated field sample data generated since the last
                                should be qualified.  The positive results and non-detect data in
                               Id sample should be qualified as estimated ("J" for detects or
                                 ;) or rejected (R) (see Table 4).

                              rery was less than 20 percent or greater than 200 percent,  then
                          iple data should be qualified if the SMC in the field sample is  outside
               50 - fSiflercent recovery.  The positive results and non-detect data in the
               associated sample generated since the last valid PVS or LCS should be qualified
                                               57
                                                                               Draft  8/94

-------
Performance Verification Standard
                                                                    PAH-Q
                      as estimated ("I" for detects or "UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R) (see Table
                      4).

                      If the RRT or absolute RT, whichever applies, fo|aa: PVS compound(s) was
                      outside the windows established during the initial'Calibration, then the outlier
                      compound(s) in the associated field samples shoiidbe qualified. The qualitative
                      data (positive identifications and non-detected anises) may not be accurate
                      because of incorrect relative or absolute retention times, tlhe positive results and
                      non-detect data in the associated sample generated srncetaejlast valid PVS or
                      LCS for that compound(s) should be qualified using professibnal:|Bdgement, as
                      rejected (R) or presumptively presents^), depending on the degree ttjwhicli the
                      retention time criteria were exceeded!* defined in Table 4.          "•':;SV;;
                      If resolution criteria were not met^pien the qualitative and quantitative results
                      may not be accurate due to inade^aate resolutiojif ftf peak resolution for either
                      peak pair exceeded the criterion,'ta^p^tive sfiaple results should be qualified
                      using professional judgement as estima^|j(3|!|i presumptively present (N).
                      Qualitative identifications may be questionlb^|f coelution exists.  Target
                      compounds that eluted in the region of c»elulion|l^;^lie PVS may not be valid
                      depending on the extent of the coelution problem? Ki^^ional judgement should
                      be used to qualify nojide|ected target compounds as rejecfed (R) or
                      presumptively prese^^^^^^^^yproblems are evident (see Table 4).
                      If the SMC RT of the PS|, was not w^ ± I3B pfewent of the mean SMC RT
                      calculated from the initiai€^ibration|^len the associated field sample data may
                      need to be qualified.  The aslociate|t field sample data generated since the last
                      valid PVS or LCS are qualified asiai professional judgement as rejected (R) or
                      presumptiyehLpresent (N) (see^gte 4).
               Hardcopy
               b.
                            PVS was not
                             ent must
                                ta.
Potential
noted in the
                          in the proper sequence as required, then professional
                        •evaluate the effect of the non-compliance on the
sample data due to problems with PVS analyses should be
 narrative.  If the data reviewer has knowledge that the
       to comply with the requirements for recovery,
     resolution, the data reviewer should notify the TPO.
                                                58
                                                                 Draft 8/94

-------
                Performance Verification Standard
                                                                  PAH-Q
                                                        TABLE 4
                       The following table summarizes the performance verification standard criteria and the data
                qualification guidelines for all associated Geld samples.
                          PVS
       NOT QUALIFIED
                                                                                                N
                 % RECOVERY
                        Detects
            50-150%
<
                                                                    * ; ^
                        Non-detects
                 SMC % RECOVERY
                        Detects
            20-200%
                                                               > 200% '
                        Non-detects
                             10 - 19%
                  SMCRTS
            ± 1.0%
± 1.1 - 1.5% *
                  PEAK RESOLUTION
                        Detects
              45%
  >45%*
                         Non-detects
                  RRT AND ABSOLUTE J
                         Detects
                                           RRT: > 0.013;
                                           < -0.013 units *
                                           RT: >  10%;
                                             < -2.0%*
RRT: ± 0.009
- 0.013 units *
  RT: ± 1.1 -
   2.0%*

                                                                                            RRT:> 0.008;
                                                                                              < -0.008
                                                                                               units *
                                                                                            RT: > 1.0%;
                                                                                             < - 1.0% *
                 *Use
                 **IftheP
                   data should
judgement
recovery was less tpit 20 percent or greater than 200 percent, then the field sample
    led if the SMClIn the field sample is outside 50 -150 percent recovery.
                                                            59
                                                               Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                          PAH-Q
                                      V. Laboratory Blanks
       Review Items:  Form QI-PAH, analytical sequence summary form ((3V1-PAH), and laboratory
                      blank data.
B.     Objective
       The purpose of laboratory blank analyses is to determine the existence and
       contamination resulting from the laboratory environment and to ensure that
       from potential interferences. The criteria for evaluati|ijbf laboratory blanks app
       laboratory blank associated with the samples
       problems with any blank exist, all associated data
       whether or not there is an inherent variability in
       occurrence not affecting other data.
                                                                       of
                                                                        tent is free
                                              blanks and instrument b:
                                          be carefully Devaluated to determine
                                             or if thejfibblem is an isolated
        Criteria
        1.
Method Blanks
                                  juired for each extractioiif 01 each matrix type
                                         lf|atcfajof samples that are analyzed during a
                                                        »
-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                                                 PAH-Q
              b.
              The concentration^) of the target compound(s) or potential interferences that
              elute within target compound identification windows in the first instrument blank
              (analyzed immediately after the initial calibration or before valid calibration
              check) must be less than one-half the CRQL.  The concentration of other
              interferents (unknown compounds that are outside; target compound windows) are
              calculated using the calibration factor of the neapast target compound and must
              be less than one-half the CRQL for that
                                                                                impound
              Subsequent instrument blanks may contain target or non-t
              concentrations up to two times  (2x) the CRQL.
              d.
              The SMC should meet the advisoryjs^pfvery criterion of 50-150 percent! ;;
              However, the SMC recovery in the^itrument blank must be greater than or
              equal to 20 percent and less thanjor?equal to 200    cent

              The RT for the SMC in the mstrui
              mean SMC RT calculated from the
                                                                    be within ± 1.0 percent of the
D.
Evaluation
       1.
       Review the results qf
       evaluate the
                      An instrument blank must be analyzed foUowingpsaraple analysis which contains
                      an anatyte(s) at high concentration. High concentra^tilis defined as being
                      greater than two tun|^^^0ejapper initial cau'brationlevel. NOTE: The
                      concentration of no^tefldii^^^^grferents (unknown compounds that are
                      outside target compoi^windowsf ^^P^Sfe^ag the calibration factor of
                      the nearest target com;
.associated labo:
    et compouni
blanks, Form QI-PAH, and raw data to
 iterferences in the laboratory blanks.
              Verify that^pethod blank aipysis has been tenoned for each matrix for each Batch of
              samples ftljpach 24-hour ani^Scal sequence on" each instrument used to analyze PAH
              samples^s||iigiat each meth^l|||aa^:p|e^:,|he required criteria. The reviewer can use
              the analyticll;|||iience sulttry^piii^lp^-PAH) to assist in identifying samples
              associated with" eHi anethod blank.
       3.
       Verify that an inst
E.
                              standard;
                                  id that
      ; was analyzed after the initial calibration or before a valid
            the final PVS analysis at the conclusion of the
              lent blanks met the specified criteria.
             appropriate blanks were mt analyzed with the frequency as described above, then the data
               should use professional: fudgement to determine if the associated sample data should be
       quaiffi^||||e reviewer may meet to obtain additional information from the laboratory. The
       situation s1iii|l be brought Jt^be attention of the TPO.

       Action in the case^^|^pesults depends on the circumstances and the origin of the blank.
       Detected compound rMjpi should be reported unless the concentration of the compound in the
       sample is less than or equal to five times (5x) the amount in the blank. In instances where more
                                                                                     Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                                                 PAH-Q
       than one blank is associated with a given sample, qualification should be based upon a comparison
       with the associated blank having the highest concentration of a contaminant  The sample results
       must not be corrected by subtracting the blank value.
                                                                        need to be qualified for
                                                                      atically through QTM
                                                                          lemented with manual
                                                                             conservatively, that
       is, based on a Vorst case* situation.  CADRE will qualify data as indicated i|liable 5.  The
       criterion, "*"  for professional judgement, should be examined to determine if ItlliilK stringent
If any blank criterion was not met, the associated field sample
usability purposes.  Some data qualifications may be performi
Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation (CADRE)
reviews. QTM CADRE will qualify the electronically reported samp]
       qualification is warranted.  Manual reviews of
       verify and confirm the results of the CADRE revii
       qualifying sample data utilizing CADRE and for
                                                    ita should also be perfonaed in order to
                                                   ie following actions are
                                                    manual data reviews.
        1.
        CADRE-Assisted Data Review
                                           "^flJV    M
        a.      Any target compound detected in the;;iii|p^!liat was also detected in any
               associated blank, is qualified as estimated^f|||he sample concentration is less
               than five times (5x) the blank contamination/ sll(|piivp sample results that  are
               greater than five times (5x) the blank level are rep^rlidpithout qualifiers.
               Positive sample resi^|ies& than five times (5x) the blank contamination and less
               than the CRQL are reported as sot detected (U) (see Table 5).
                      The reviewer should n<2
                                                               calculated for method
               b.
                        hat anarytej&mcent
blanks may not involve the |same wejpts, volumes, or dilution factors as the
associated samples. These ^aprs||^t be taken into consideration when applying
the "5x" criteria, such that a compaiison of the total amount of contamination is
actually made.
                        C:
                       or greater
                     :ed if the SMC
                       results •
                           ("j-,
                     the method 1$ank or instrument blank was less than 20
                     ; 200 percent, ^B the field sample data should be
                     ? the field sample5 was outside 50-150 percent recovery. The
                                   the associated sample should be qualified
                                  >r non-detects)  or rejected (R) (see Table
                       If the SMC RT^I^^at within ± 1.0 percent, then the associated field sample
                              Derated smcel|||jia$t valid method or instrument blank may need to be
                                    : assodateeMlample data are qualified based on professional
                       judgement|§|;iejected (R) or presumptively present (N) (see Table 5).
        Hardcopy Manual Da
                                      .eview
                If a target
                taken. If
                    CRi
                                      iund was found in a blank but not in the sample, no action is
                                     intaminant(s) was found at level(s) significantly greater than one-
                                    ien this should be noted in the data review narrative.
                       ThereiBay be instances in which little or no contamination was present in the
                       associated blanks, but qualification of the sample was deemed necessary.
                                                62
                                                                               Draft  8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                                    PAH-Q
                       Contamination introduced through dilution is one example. Although it is not
                       always possible to determine, instances of this occurring can be detected when
                       contaminants are found in the diluted sample result, but are absent in the
                       undiluted sample result  Since both results are not routinely reported, it may be
                       impossible to verify this source of contammationj However, if the reviewer
                       determines that the contamination is from a sparse .other than the sample, the
                       data should be qualified. In this case, the "^pi^ii^r. .not apply and the sample
                       value should be reported as a non-detect ^ explanatiM of the rationale used
                       for this determination should be provided in the nanativelacOBEipanying the
                       Regional Data Assessment Summary.
                       If gross contamination existed (e.g.,
                       the associated samples should be
                       This should be noted for TPO a<
                       an effect on the sample results
                                      ited peaks), all affected compoiMds in
                                    ed as unusable (R), due to interference.
                                  if the contaffiiiation is suspected of having
               d.
If inordinate amounts of other targets;i01gK|i|Ss were found at low levels in the
blank(s), it may be indicative of a problem iii|l;|hpuld be noted for TPO action.

If an instrument blank was not analyzed foUowing aiss^jJle analysis which
contained an analyte||||a|5higli concentration^), sample iaaalysis results after the
high concentration^^^Hj^^^^^tedJfor carryover. Professional
judgement should belised to deteiriraB^^^^^a^Toss-contamination affected
any positive rompound^^p^tification^lbstr^&i^oss^xintamination should
be noted for TPO actionlljihe crossj^pbtamination is suspected of having an
effect on the sample results^;-
        The following are examples
may warrant deviations from
                lying the blank feialification guidelines. Certain circumstances
                              Sample resutt'sis greater than ifce CRQL, but is less than the 5x multiple
                                             1.0
                                             0.5
                                             4.0
                                             4.0J
                                      In this aSp, sample results less than 5.0 (or 5 x 1.0) would be
                                      qualified as estimated (J).
                                   |pl<>
                              Samp|||esult is less than the CRQL, and is also less than the 5x multiple
                              of thejliank result
                                      CRQL
                                  ?f^Sample Result
                                            ied Sample Result
                                            >•*      r
                     Result
               Sample Result
               Final Sample Result
                                                                    1.0
                                                                    OJ
                                                                    0.4J
                                                                    05U
                                                63
                                                                 Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks                                                                         PAH-Q

               Example 3:     Sample result is greater than the 5x multiple of the blank result
                                                                  1.0
                                                                 165
                                                                   0.0
                                 Blank Result
                                 CRQL
                                 Sample Result
                                 Reported Sample Result
                                    In this case, the sample re^ exceeded the adjusted blank result
                                    (5 x 1.0) and the sample result is not qi

                                           TABLES   ^t -
       The following table summarizes the laboratory
for all associated field samples.
                                                          and the data qualification guidelines
BLANKS
Not Qualified

R
N
ALL LABORATORY BLANKS "^©^ -, „
SMC % Recovery **
Detects
Non-detects
SMCRTS
f !4
20^0^^
* 20%^
± 1.0% '^|


ioJS%^3
yff
METHOD BLANK ,^S£«!** Xll\
Target compounds^lfl
"" >^fe[
1st INSTRUMENT BL^fe^
Target compounds * *«i
>«l|,,> 5 x Blank
£ 5 x ttank Level
"•***
*%,,

>iV"< 10%
> 1.5%
< -1.5% *





± 1.1-L5%*


-.^ % -.~x £ >?Pv.^>''
*5x Blank Level
***


SUBSEQUENT INST^^MENT BLA^S^^^
Tarjgj£|p6*mpounds ^
5 x Blanl^'
'^1^, Level
5 5 x Blank Level
***


**
Use pispessional judgement.
If thJpllC recovery in the method^mk or instrument blank was less than 20 percent or greater than
            then the field sample <|fia should be qualified if the SMC in the field sample is outside
50 - BUKJtaeit recovery.
 K sample resjit;js also less than
                                       IQL, report as not detected (U).
                                               64
                                                                                  Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                         PAH-Q
                                 VI. System Monitor Compound
A.

B.
D.
Review Items:   Form QI-PAH, Form QH-PAH, Form QIH-PAH/a&d sample and blank data.
Objective
                                                                                  All
       Laboratory performance on individual samples is established by means ^|piking activities.
       field and QC samples and blanks are spiked with an SMC prior to sample extiaftion. The
       evaluation of the recovery result of the SMC is not necessarily straightforwardt'^lfe.field sample
       itself may produce effects due to such factors as interspaces and high concentratioss}efeeais^peater than 200 percent, or if interferences are
       The SMC RT shift*l(fl;|*pt exceed ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT calculated during
       the initial calibration. rl^^^|f the SMC percent recovery is zero or if interferences with
                  e;|aesent, the SMl|lKBshift is not evaluated.
               Check raw data to veiprthe SMC recovery and RT shift on the PAH Analysis Data Sheet
               (Form QI-PAH), the 1^85 Data Sheet (Form QH-PAH), and the PVS Data Sheet (Form
                III-PAH).  Check foipny calculation or transcription errors.
                >                  ^v4?v j                    *

                                          was calculated correctly by using the following equation:
                                    % Recovery = -^ x 10056
                                                                                      Draft 8/94

-------
System Monitor Compound

              where:
                                                                                  PAH-Q
E.
       3.
                      QD — Quantity determined by analysis

                      QA = Quantity added to samples/blanks

        Check that the SMC RT shift was calculated cor

                                    /tr - KT.
                                                                       the following equation:
               where:
                                    KFS
                      RTS = Retention time shift
                      RTS = Retention time of the S
Action
                             subsequent calibration

                      RTC = Mean retention time of the S
                                                               QC sample, blank, or
                                                            most recent initial calibration
       Field sample data are qualified when the recovery of the PAH SM(
                                                                     than 10 percent or
greater than 200 percent  Reid sampte&ata are also qualified if the SM1SRT shift exceeded ± 1.0
Percent
       If any SMC criterion was not met, the associated field saniple dllalSay need to be qualified for
       usability purposes.  Some data qualificatioB^iay be j|lbrmed automatically through QTM
       Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluatii
       reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify the
       is, based on a "worst case" sttuaytjon. CADRE
       criterion, "*"  for profej^^^nt, should
       qualification is wanajjpif Mani
       verify and confirm ^results of the 1HPRE review.
       qualifying sampl
       1.
       CADRE-.
                                                   or CADRE supplemented with manual
                                                reported sample results conservatively, that
                                                    data as indicated in Table 6. The
                                                   lined to determine if a less stringent
                                                   ita should also be performed in order to
                                                    following actions are suggested for
                                        for hardcopy manual data reviews.
              b.
      1,-t'-
               If the recov^^phe SMC in a field sample was outside of the advisory limit of
              ,50^150 percenCb^^pjgreater than or equal to 10 percent and less than or equal
                          at, theiff|gf3$$$ociated sample data may be used without qualifiers
               unlesi^l^ssociated QCilmple or blank SMC recovery is less than 20 percent or
               greater tfia^f^O percent (see Table 6 and QC samples and blank sections).
                          Xix*>
               If the recover^ the SMC was greater than 200 percent in a field sample, then
               the associated simple data should be qualified.  The positive results in the
                           •*ftfffr>                   *            *
               associated
               compounds
                                      should be qualified as estimated (J) and the non-detected
                                     ot qualified (see Table 6).
                                        in a QC sample or blank was less than 20 percent or greater
                                  sat, then the field sample data should be qualified if the SMC in the
                      field saiipe is outside 50-150 percent recovery. The positive results and non-
                                              66
                                                                              Draft 8/94

-------
System Monitor Compound
                                                                           PAH-Q
               d.
                      detect data in the associated sample should be qualified as estimated ("J" for
                      detects or "UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R) (see Table 6).
       If the recovery of the SMC was less than 10 percent in a field sample, or if
                      interferences are present, then the laboratory si
                      times for identification of compounds and th<
                      positive results and non-detect data in the
                      as estimated ("J" for detects or "UJ" for n<
                      6).
               e.
                                                       have used absolute retention
                                                       tould be qualified.  The
                                                            le should be qualified
                                                                  (R) (see Table
                                                                                          ited
       If the SMC RT was not within ± 1.0 Jt^cent of the mean SMC
       from the initial calibration for any 0ppample or blank, the associat
       sample data may need to be qualifif&  The associated field sample data are
       qualified using professional judgfapnt as rejected|jli) or presumptively present
       (N) (see Table 6 and QC sampie&iaad blank sedBits).
       ^  '  *                      * •• "'"• * ,_ .*»         vf&.-i.^.  '
                                     "" Is •:
                                      s
Hardcopy Manual Data Review

a.      If the SMC RT exceeded ± 1.0 percent of thei:meai|i|MC RT calculated during
       the initial calibration for any field sample, the samp^ s||Huld have been
       immediately reanaly|||t|||fs|the.SMC RT was still outsit! criteria upon reanalysis,
       then the data shoiil^||i:"i|tiaiifi^||^e|sampje data should be qualified using
       professional judgemen||t^rejectel''^^|^^^i^ejty present (N), as defined in
       Table 6.  NOTE: if the^pC percent a^^iveryw^'^gro, or if interferences with
       the SMC were present, thtlsMC RT^fe is not evaluated.
                     ~          »*s.;    ,^,-X'--'
               b.
       Extreme or repeated analyti
       TPO actii
with SMC recoveries should be noted for
                                               67
                                                                        Draft 8/94

-------
System Monitor Compound
  PAH-Q
                                         TABLE 6
       The following table summarizes the SMC criteria and the data qualiGcation guidelines for all
associated field samples.                                          j , v
SMC
NOT
QUALIFIED
% RECOVERY - FIELD SAMPLES
Detects
Non-detects
10-200%
*10%
1 S
"\
£65
,j|fio%*
R
N
"*'*%?*
i
^< 10%'
%,

% RECOVERY - BLANKS AND QC SAMPLES $jlr'
Detects
Non-detects
RTS - FIELD SAMPLES
RTS - QC SAMPLES
* Use professional judgement
** If the SMC recovery in a QC
then the field sample data she
percent recovery. ^
aSWfi
20-200%
*20%
± 1.0%
* ia\:
^1-;
sample or blank was '
iuld*h£. qualified if th
•iss-v

10-19^1^


issliian 20 percent
; SMC in the field s
%<9^s
&**
•«

fc <«»
*%?.
«fiS.


± L1-L5%*
±1.1-1.5% *
or greater than 200 percent,
ample is outside SO - ISO
                                             68
Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                          PAH-Q
                                 VII.  Laboratory Control Samples
A.

B.
D.
Review Items:   Form QII-PAH, QI-PAH, and laboratory control^aple (LCS) data.
                                                         > '-. -f
Objective
                                                              \>~-    -
       Data for LCS are generated to provide information on the accuracy
       laboratory performance.

       Criteria                                        *$y-
                                                                            method and
        1.

        2.


        3.


        4.

        5.
       An LCS must be prepared and extracted fcsSeach matrix for each Batch of samples.
                                            >i~W            i
                                            t /•• ** v            „«• y*»
       An LCS must be analyzed once per m
       instrument.
       The LCS must contain PAH target compounds at
       addition to the required SMC
                                                      •hour analytical sequence per


                                                    .known concentrations, in
       The recoveries for the LCS
                               ainds must be within 30-130 pejeent
                                          —**U&
                                         applie
The RRT or absolute RT, wli
windows established during the initial calibrat,
percent of the mean RT calculated^lpm
window is ± 0.008 RRT units of th
calibration standards.
       7.
                                  within ± IJEfc
                                    ibration.
             muds must fall within the
  The'afesofiite RT window is ± 1
  initial calibration standards.  The RRT
calculated from the three initial
                                            it of the mean RT of the SMC
               The RT of tin
               established
       The SMCjrecovery should be^thin the advisory criterion of 50-150 percent However,
       the SMC ireepvery in the I^jmust.fee.fEeater than or equal to 20 percent and less than
       or equal                               ""'
Evaluation

1.
                                                   and analyzed at the required frequency and that
                                               for each matrix, and for each analytical sequence.
               Inspect results for th^CS recovery on Form QII-PAH and verify that the results for
       j       recovery are within 3@sliO percent.

       ~3.i.\ ~  Verify transcriptions fscsfl raw data and calculations.

       4.      Veihat the RRTlr absolute RT, whichever applies, for all LCS compounds are within
                  '                   during the initial calibration.  The absolute RT window is ± 1
               percent  f||i'RT calculated from the three initial calibration standards. The RRT
               window is ± W||8 RRT units of the mean RRT calculated from the three initial
               calibration standards.
                                               69
                                                                               Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Control Samples                                                                PAH-Q

       5.      Check that the LCS recovery was calculated correctly by using the following equation:
                                    % Recovery = -^ x 100%
                                                 QA
               where:
                             QD = Quantity determined by analysis
                             QA = Quantity added
E.
Action
       If any LCS criterion was not met, the associai
       usability purposes. Some data qualifications
                                                               need to be qualified for
                                                               ticaUy through QTM
                                                           RE supplemented with manual
                                                             le results conservatively, that
                                                                ted in Table 7. The
       Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation (CADRE) s
       reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify the electronically
       is, based on a "worst case" situation.  CADRE will qualify data 1
       criterion, "*" for professional judgement, should be examined to de^rlalae if a less stringent
       qualification is warranted. Manual re«|e|!S »o|,hardcopy data should also Ife performed in order to
       verify and confirm the results of the^^^lH^^^^^JDllpwing actions are suggested for
       qualifying sample data utilising CADKfliand for haritcOi^iiiiiiNBBali^ata- reviews.
        1.
        CADRE-Assisted Data Review
               a.
               If the SMC recovery in the LGS
               percent, then Ihe LCS and all
               the
                             is outside
                          in the associat
           less than 20 percent or greater than 200
              samples should have been reanalyzed.  If
 was nott|iej upon reanarysis, or the reanarysis was not
sample dat|phould be qualified if the SMC in the field
percent recovery. The positive results and non-detect
pie data should be qualified as estimated ("J" for detects
             (see Table 7).
                      If the
                      the win
                      compound(s)
                      beca
                      non-de
                      LCScompo
                      or presump
                         '^absolute RT, whichever applies, for an LCS compound(s) is outside
                                 foed during the initial calibration, then the outlier
                                       ted field sample should be qualified.  The qualitative
                                         and non-detected analytes) may not be accurate
                                         and absolute retention times. The positive result and
                               associated  sample data for that LCS compound(s) and all non-
                              should be qualified using professional judgement as rejected (R)
                              present (N), as defined in Table 7.
                      If the LCS
                      qualify samp]
                        •ration.
                                 criteria were not met, then the LCS results should be used to
                              ita for the specific compounds that are included in the LCS
                              LCS recovery is out on the high end, detected target compounds
                            led "J." If the LCS recovery is out on the low end, detected target
                              be qualified "J" and non-detects may be qualified estimated (UJ)
               or unasaefe (R) (see Table 7). Professional judgement should be used to qualify
               data for compounds other than those compounds that are included in the LCS.
                                               70
                                                                               Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Control Samples
                                                                         PAH-Q
                      Qualification for non-LCS compounds should take into account the compound
                      class, compound recovery efficiency, analytical problems associated with each
                      compound, and comparability in performance of the LCS compound to the non-
                      LCS compound.                            ^ S*

              d.      If the SMC RT of the LCS was not within ± l!Qf|ercent of the mean SMC RT
                      calculated from the initial calibration, then thejassliiaited field sample data may
                      need to be qualified.  The associated field saaaple da1tii»f^ualified using
                      professional judgement as rejected (R) or presumptrvely peseitt (N) (see Table

                                                      vi%
              Hardcopy Manual Data Review           jfff^
TPO action should be noted if a laboratojrjpailed to
the reviewer has knowledge that a labor%Jty consist
recoveries.
                                                                      LCS with each Batch, or if
                                                                     to generate acceptable LCS
                                              71
                                                                      Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Control Samples
                                                                       PAH-Q
                                          TABLE?

       The following table summarizes the LCS criteria and the data
associated field samples.
                                                     ition guidelines for all

LCS

% RECOVERY
Detects
Non-detects
SMC % RECOVERY **
Detects

Non-detects
SMCRTS


NOT
QUALIFIED

30-130%
*30%

I *
^

>^n
4^29%
^Ifi^
20-200%

* 20%^_
* LcSU*31
"%,,
RRT AND ABSOLUTE RT :; f
Detects ***

$
,,6i
ilg-,7
^-.-^•f.
Non-detects **^^'
'^feji*,
'""^fl


^r r:'" '
"- 'd5:^*«.
< 20%7^;l]
>200%
10-19%
'^^iSBR^fci;^.
~"^;1^

i,^€'/lig.


N

*>% V ^

^10%
H?'
c.
e7-^:.,.
V^€%
> 1.5%
*>i«^i^% *
'" ;-" ->:;:* .',>-,
"" ^'. **





±1.1-15% *

& jf?
"^•V^ ;'
'••i€*l
"''IS<

*f H ,







RRT:> 0.013;
< -0.013 units *
RT: > 2.0%;
< -2.0%*








RRT:±
0.009 - 0.013
units *
RT: ± 1.1 -
2.0%*

RRT:
> 0.008;
< -0.008
units *
RT: > 1.0%;
< - 1.0 % *
 * Use proi
 **  If the
    then
  judgement
  ?ery in the
sample data should
   than 20 percent or greater than 200 percent,
[ualified if the SMC in the field sample is outside 50 -150
                id(s) and all non-LCSl^mpounds.
                                              72
                                                                    Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                          PAH-Q
                             Regional Quality Assurance and Quality Control
A.

B.
D.
E.
Review Items:   Form QI-PAH and quality control sample data.

Objective
                                                                      itified and quantified.
Regional Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC) refers to ^ip^ and/or QC initiated
by the Region, including field duplicates, Regional Performance Evaluatio%j|p^),samples, blind
spikes, and blind blanks. It is highly recommended that Regions adopt the me^dlihese blanks.

Criteria

Criteria are determined by each Region.

1.      PE sample frequency may vary.

2.      The analytes present in the PE sample must be
Evaluation
Evaluation procedures must follow thll^gion's siani
review.  Each Region will handle the evafjiation of P
PE samples should be compared to the advance

Action
       Any action must be in
       sample results.  Unaceepiiable
                                                                          lure (SOP) for data
                                                                     i-individual basis.  Results for
                                                           . for the specific PE samples, if available.
                                                   ttions and the criteria for acceptable PE
                                                   >uld be noted for TPO action.
                                               73
                                                                                      Draft 8/94

-------
                                      IX. Analytical Sequence
                                                                                            PAH-Q
A.      Review Items:  Form QVI-PAH

B.      Objective

        The objective of the analytical sequence is to ensure that
        are applied to sample analyses.
        Criteria
        1.
        3.
                                                              to. and QC measures
The analytical sequence consists of the
calibration or a daily calibration is perfo:

Initial calibration analytical sequence:
                       initial three-point calibration;
                       instrument blank;
                       LCS;
                       method blank;     ,;
                       field sample(s);    *
                       instrument blank(s);
                       PVS.
                                                          iding on whether an initial
               Daily calibration analytical sequence?;
                       instrument
                       calibrate
                       me
Each sample wii
calibration or valid

     rsampl
blank, and after
                           shall be analyzed on a GC system meeting the initial
                               teck standard technical acceptance criteria.
                               ijk.
                     Batch shanlile analyzed after an acceptable method and instrument
                       •table LCS.
                Each sample within aW&ch shall be run within a valid analytical sequence that concludes
                with an acceptable instssanent blank and an acceptable PVS.  If a PVS reanalysis is
                  quired because of a |tjaii-compliant PVS analysis, the PVS reanalysis must be started
                  " " L 26 hours after lie start of the current analytical sequence.

                Eacli
                required'
              rithjap Batch shall be analyzed and results reponed within the contract
                    times.
                                                 74
                                                                          Draft  8/94

-------
Analytical Sequence

D.     Evaluation
                                                                                 PAH-Q
E.
Review the Form QVI-PAH to ensure that the proper analytical seguence was followed and that
data from all the required analyses are present                 £!;
                                                         ,*?,>
                                                         '-.V < *
Action                                                   >-:;-
       If any analytical sequence criterion was not met, the assotia^field s
       qualified for usability purposes. Some data qualifications may be perform
                                                                     ata may need to be
                                                                         laticalty through
QTM Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation (CADRE) or CADRE sujememed with
manual reviews. QTM CADRE will qualify the electrgiacally reported sample :
conservatively, that is, based on a "worst case" situatjeip Manual reviews of hardcopy
also be performed in order to verify and confirm tbjjjesults of the CADRE review.  The following
actions are suggested for qualifying sample data ulpang CADRE aid for hardcopy manual data
   .                                       -**WV'-            & K..IV
reviews.                                   *!
       1.
       CADRE-Assisted Data Review
               CADRE will qualify all sample and blank data "J" if
               properly followed.  NOTE: The above-mentioned data qu
               analytical sequence does not
               sequence non-compliance
               analyzed during an analytical
               qualified "J" as specified above
               guidelines as specified in the
                                                               ical sequence was not
                                                                   for a non-compliant
                                        ; additional data qualification because of analytical
                                                   t|ons.  For example, if an LCS is not
                                       ice, all ^ssoi^j^m^^atl blank data would be
                                                     uallfied *R" in accordance with the
               Hardcopy Manual Data Review
               If the analytii
               may need to
               professio:
                                  not foUoweajpien the data analyzed during this sequence
                                  ;, associated saS0e data should be qualified using
                     Igement as esiimted (J) or rejected (R).
                                              75
                                                                              Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                          PAH-Q
                         X.  Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
A.     Review Items:  Form QI-PAH and sample data.

B.     Objective

       The objective of sample analysis data review is to ensure
       for field samples are accurate.
                                                               uantitative results
        Criteria
        1.
        3.

        4.
        5.
        7.
The SMC must be used as the RT marker
identification.  The SMC is also be used
The RT for the SMC must be within ±
during the initial calibration.

The advisory limit for the SMC recovery is 50-150 percet£j|h •>
The SMC recovery must be j
200 percent in order to usel
greater than or equal to 10;
                                             RRT criterion used for compound
                                         tonitor extraction efficiency.
                                                    •"'
                                                            ,t of the mean SMC RT calculated
                                ||ag,or equal to 10 percent aad less than or equal to
                                                        If the SMC recovery is
                              at and lesrii^^Mt^O percent, the
identification window is ± 0.00$RT units of|^ mean RRT for each target compound
calculated during the initial ratibrat|n. If th^jtecovery of the SMC is less than 10
percent, greater than 200 percent, orp mtefiirences are present (but are adequately
recovered in the method blank), the absoipi RT of the compounds must be used for
identification purjjos^,; The identificatioi||vindow is  ± 1.0 percent of the mean absolute
RT for each coaaijblffiisS^^dated from the italial calibration.
Only one nwi
within an;
The RRT
must faU ffthin the wind
        .•!'-
                             ever applies,
                                             blished during the initial calibration.
positively identified target compounds
                                af quani
                                          for samples within a Batch and analyzed
                                       ace.
If anv saturated non-t
                    aborator
                identifies compoxi
                target compound rest
                identification wind
                a target compound id
                 fturated peak overlay
                     rands that elut
                         N." if a.;
                compdiisSsfare
                    r    "«*i-><»»j
                                ad chromatographic peaks are evident, or if any
                                   more RRT and/or RT target compound windows,
                     ; the "EJ^fiag on Form I to indicate this situation.  The "E" flag
                      at exceed the calibration range and the "N" flag identifies positive
                        i which the absolute or relative retention times are outside the
                       j=br example, if a large peak tail from a saturated peak elutes into
                       ication window, then that target compound is flagged "EJSf".  If a
                       acre than one target compound window, then all target
                          . those windows which  are obscured by the saturated peak are
                      ; saturated peak obscures the entire chromatogram, then all target
                                                76
                                                                        Draft  8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification

D.     Evaluation
                                                                                         PAH-Q
        1.      Check the concentration in the sample using the following equation for external standards.
               The response can be measured by automated peak height jpfepeak area measurements
               from an integrator.                                 t«#

                      Water:
                               Concentration in pgjL


                      Soil/Solid - (Wet weight basis):
                                        .    .
                               Concentration in
               where:
                       AX  = response fo:

                       CFm ss calibration
                              calibration.
                              samples within a
                              XX>.4).
                              vo;
                       W.
                                                ,ques during the initial
                                     oft^iantitation may be used for
                                   within an analytical sequence (see
                Check the reten
                samples
ibsequent
                             difference between the field and QC
                              the most recent initial calibration analyzed
                                                    £ x 100%
                         .TS = Rejipon time shift % Difference

                                    ition time of the SMC in a sample

                        RT  ss l^ean retention time of the SMC from the most recent initial calibration
                                                77
                                                                                       Draft 8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification                                              PAH-Q

       3.      Check the RRT of a sample component or a standard using the following equation:

                                             component KT           ,;
                                                SMC RT          ,>'
       4.
The calibration factor for a compound may be calculatedvjfasttfypf three techniques using
data collected during an acceptable initial calibration J Only one ^f the quantitation
techniques listed below must be used for samples within a Batch an^laaiaJyzed within a
given analytical sequence.
                                         /it-                          •>*.->.•.?,
a.      The calibration factors based on theiipipoint of the initial calibration carve.
       This option may be used as long asj&e midpoint values are within ± 10 percent
       of the average of the high and lcHpr|ibint values. jtf,*
b.
                                                    ,
                      The mean calibration factor estab
initial calibration.
                      The "K" curve (line segments) established d«rldg initial calibration. The segments
                      run from the low to the midpoint and from the *H|3 $p the high point calibration
                      mixtures.  Many data systems calculate "K" oiwes
                                                     established during the initial
               Compound quantitation is
                 ...   .
               calibration.
               Check the compound identification!jlCompottp identifications are based on the
               comparison of target compound peals Jn sailspies to compound identification windows
               established during the initial cauT)ratidns   yl
                                                  --v-,S"
                                                   Wk
                                                    ' "^* , *
                                          is greater tham or equal to 10 percent and less than or equal
                             ids are identified on the basis of RRT in all samples for
                                    ,M% jieater than or equal to 10 percent and less
                                        mple chromatograms are identified as target compounds if
                                                 ± 0.008 RRT units of the mean RRT of the
                                                   during the  initial calibration.
                              Target com
                              which the
                                  or
                                          is less than 10 percent, greater than 200 percent, or if
                                      present:

                              Targetppmpounds are identified on the basis of absolute RT in all
                              samplsljEbr which the SMC recovery is less than  10 percent, greater than
                                        t, or masked interferences.

                                    in sample chromatograms are identified as target compounds if
                                   absolute RT is within ± 1.0 percent of the mean RT of the
                                        established during the initial calibration.
                                                78
                                                                         Draft 8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
                                                                          PAH-Q
       7.
Verify that the RRT or absolute RT, whichever applies, for all positively identified target
compounds are within the windows established during the initial calibration.

Verify that the "EJN" flag was properly reported on Form^f^ien saturated non-target
compound chromatographic peaks are evident or if any clpmiatographic peaks overlap
more than one RRT and/or RT target compound •
                                                             fa* ,j»  - -,«3i«:?J< s;
                      If saturated chromatographic peaks outsidecfairget compQiaid RRT and/or RT
                      windows are evident, the nearest target compound shouli%|:;^agged "E^N" on
                      Form L
              b.
       If chromatographic peaks overlap m«|^f than one target compound RRTI and/or
       RT windows are evident, the corresponding target compounds should be flagged
                	                    . which exceed two times (2x) the upper calibration range should be
                                ' (see Table 8).
                                              79
                                                                      Draft 8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
                                                                    PAH-Q
               g-
If more than one method of quantitation is used to calculate the sample results
within a Batch, or to quantitate sample results from the same analytical sequence,
the associated sample results for that Batch should be qualified as estimated ("J"
for detects or "UJ" for non-detects).            /$
                                           £$<•
Target compounds flagged "E,N" by the laboia&a^jshould be qualified as
presumptively present (N).                ,r%^* •**':%~.
                                        'vt-s'     ~'">;-"'t?!'.J ,
                                       ";,•,'        ^*.-;';-\
If the SMC recovery for a field sample was less than 10 perosa^pr greater than
200 percent, then the data should be qualified. If matrix mterfei5Epp$ obscure the
detection and quantitation of the SM<3|professional judgement sh^liiibe used to
qualify the data.  If no matrix effectsjili' evident, the positive results andiabn-
detect data in  the affected sample jfpald be qualified as estimated (J or UJ for
non-detects) or rejected (R) (seejjpble 8). In addHln, absolute RTs should be
used for identifications.
               h.
If the RRT or absolute RT, whicnevcaf^fBe^pCn' a positively identified target
compound(s) was outside the window estab^j||| Curing the initial calibration,
then the outlier compound(s) should be qualifilli|filfae qualitative data (positive
identifications) may not be accurate because of inco^^i^elative or absolute
retention times. TheJspEaated sample data for that comjpbund should be
qualified using                                (R) or presumptively present
(N), as defined in Tal
                      If the SMC RT criterion
                      required to have reanalyzed
                      reanalysis or the sample was
                      be qualified,, JEke affected sampl
                                           (R) <* P:
               Hardcopy
               NONE
                                      any field sample, the laboratory was
                                      If the SMC RT was still out upon
                                         then the affected sample data should
                                    should be qualified using professional
                                        present (N), as defined in Table 8.
                                                80
                                                                  Draft 8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
                                               PAH-Q
                                     TABLE 8
          SAMPLE
   NOT
QUALIFIED
   N
 SMC % RECOVERY
       Detects
  10-200%
       Non-detects
    10%
 SMCRTS
  ± 1.
 ± 1.1-
 1.5%*
 NO. OF QUANTTTATION
 METHODS
               > 1
 RRT AND ABSOLUTE RT
       Detects
                         XRT:
RRT: ±
 0.009-
 0.013
 units *
 RT: ±
 1.1-
 2.0%*
       Non-detects
 COMPOUND
 CONCENTRATION
             2X
           upper
         calibration
           limit
  Use
                                       81
                                            Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                               PHE-Q
                          6. PHENOL DATA REVIEW


The phenols QTM data requirements to be checked are listed belofc&md described in the
following sections,                                       ...fSf

       I.      Technical Holding Time

       II.     Initial Calibration

       ID.    Calibration Check

       IV.    Performance Verification Stand

       V.     Laboratory Blanks

       VI.    System Monitor Compound (SMC) ' V'f

       VIL    Laboratory Control Samples (LCS)

              Regional Quality As
       DC    Analytical Sequence "^

       X.     Qualitative and Quantita
                                     82
                                                                           Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                         PHE-Q
                                    I. Technical Holding Time
A.     Review Items:  Form QI-PHE, EPA Traffic Report/Chain-of-Cus&y form, sample extraction
B.
C.
D.
E.
                      sheet, and Batch Narrative.
Objective
The QTM requires significantly faster sample analysis and turnaround
presented in this section are intended to represent "technical" evaluation gui
is to determine the acceptability of results based on th6 fehnical holding time
the time of collection to the time of extraction and

Criteria
       Technical requirements for sample holding times
       The holding times for soils (and other non-aqueous
       sludge) are currently under investigation. When the
       into the data evaluation process.  Additionally, results of holding
       into the data review criteria as the studies are conducted and ap;
                                                                                 criteria
                                                                                     e objective
                                                                                        tie from
                                                                only for water matrices.
                                                           as sediments, oily wastes, and
                                                                 they will be incorporated
                                                               studies will be incorporated
                                                             current 40 CFR Part 136 (Clean
                                                             **a**...                   ^
The holding time criteria for water
Water Act), is as follows:
               For semivolatile compounds in cooled (@ 4|Cpwater samples, the maximum holding time
               is 7 days from sample collection to'^EQtact^fiand 40 days from sample extraction to
               analysis.
It is recommended that
days of sample col

Evaluation
                              rand the
impounds i
   analyzed
        Technical holding
        Traffic Report/Chain-ol
        sample extraction and
        within the holding time after
        sheets
             ii
                at the TR/COC
             lot iced or there were
             affect the data.
.-aqueous samples be extracted within 14
  40 days of extraction.
                                               ie date of sample collection on the QTM
                              (TR/COC) form with the dates of extraction and analysis on the
                                  (Form QI-PHE).  To determine if the samples were analyzed
                                    compare the dates of extraction on the sample extraction
                             on Fa^lMQI-PHE
                                 ^^^Jp-s

                            :es that the samples were received intact and iced. If the samples
                              iroblems with the samples upon receipt, the sample condition
        If any tecli^^olding timapfterion was not met, the associated field sample data may need to
        be qualified i^^gUty Mposes. Some data qualifications may be performed automatically
        through QTM Com^^^aed Data Review and Evaluation (CADRE) or CADRE supplemented
        with manual reviews.'liji! CADRE will qualify the electronically reported sample results
        conservatively, that is, based on a "worst case" situation. CADRE will qualify data as indicated in
                                               83
                                                                              Draft 8/94

-------
Technical Holding Time
                                                                           PHE-Q
       Table 1.  Manual reviews of hardcopy data should also be performed in order to verify and
       confirm the results of the CADRE review. The following actions are suggested for qualifying
       sample data utilizing CADRE and for hardcopy manual data reviews.
       1.
CADRE-Assisted Data Review

a.      If technical holding times were exceeded,
       and sample quantitation limits as es
b.
                                                                         results as estimated "J"
                                                                           '-^.^.^
                      If technical holding times were grossly exceeded, the reviewer i
                      professional judgement to determine litpreliability of the data and^jpotential
                      effects of exceeding holding times oglae sample results.  The reviewer iiay
                      determine that positive results or til iassociated quantitation limits are
                      approximations and should be qualified with "J" a$J£fJ,* respectively. The
                      reviewer may determine that ndl^atect data shoiia be rejected (R) (see Table 1).
                      Due to limited information con
                      is left to the discretion of the data
                                                   tmes for non-aqueous samples, it
                                                  _ rty water holding time criteria to
       non-aqueous matrices.  Professional judgement llto|uired to evaluate holding
       times for non-aqueous samples. NOTE: QTM CADRE feurrentry qualifies all non-
       aqueous field sampl^ga^ie water holding time -'^
Hardcopy Manual Data Revii

a.
                      When technical holding
                      review narrative.
are exccided, this should be noted in the data
               b.
        The following tal
guidelines for all associated ft
        In the daU leview narrative, thellewiewer should comment, whenever possible, on
        the effectSoiiijii-^esulting data of Isqeeding the holding time.
                                         time criteria and the data qualification
   TECHNICAL
                NOTOTJ
  SAMP:
    .CTION
                                                          > 7 days
                                     17 days
                                           7 -14 days
                               > 14 days
  SAMPLE AN?
         Detects
                    0 - 40 days
        > 40 days
         Non-detects
                    0-40 days
       40 - 60 days
> 60 days
                                               84
                                                                        Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                         PHE-Q
                                      n. Initial Calibration
A.     Review Items:  Form QIVA-PHE, Form QIVB-PHE, and initial calibration standards data.
B.     Objective
       Compliance requirements for satisfactory instrument caUbrat|i^;aT^ Established to ensure that the
       instrument is capable of producing acceptable qualitative aa^iquantitaliv^llata for phenol target
       compounds. An initial three-point calibration is performed tb detennine thejilnearity of response
       for all target compounds and to demonstrate that the instrument is capable of meetiafi acceptable
       performance.                                   ^f
       Criteria
       1.
Three initial calibration standards contataiag phenol
Monitor Compound (SMC) are analyze
high (250 ug/mL) concentrations at the
instrument maintenance has been performed (e.g,,tii«B§, or detector replacement), or
whenever the daily calibration check or other mteria arelfet met
            mpounds and the System
          , medium (50 ug/mL), and
         ntract, whenever major
               The following phenol target 
-------
Initial Calibration
                                                                                    PHE-Q
D.
              Compound
                                                    Initial Calibration
                                                  Concentration (ug/mL)

                                              Low      MedifaB      High
              4,6-Dinitrophenol

              Pentachlorophenol

              o-Bromophenol (SMC)
3.      The percent relative standard deviation (%.
       initial calibration standards must be less
       compounds and the SMC

       NOTE: Either peak area or peak height
               that are, in turn, used to calculate
               measurement used to calculate each
               be consistent  For example, if peak
               calibration factor for Phenol, then the mid and i
               Phenol must also be calculated using peak area.
                                 life,**1*'
4.      The retention time (RT) of
        ± 1.0 percent of the mean SM<
                                                             for the calibration factors from ifte three
                                                                 . to 25,0 percent for all target
                                                        area is
5.      The peak resolution (% valley)
        calibration standard must be less than

Evaluation
        Iculate the calibration factors
          the type of peak
           for a given compound must
          Iculate the low point
                   t>ration factors for
                                                                          standard must be within
                                                                         initial calibration standards.
1.
                Verify that
                calibratio
                                                             and m-cresol in the low level initial
                                                           to 25 percent
trations were used for the initial
                                                            target compounds and the SMC, using the
                                               Total Peak Area (or Height)
                                                    Mass injected (ng)
                                            CF
                                                    V*
                                                    1=1
                                  ! Of three initial calibration factors

                            individual calibration values
                                                                                         Draft  8/94

-------
Initial Calibration                                                                         PHE-Q

                      n = 3

       3.      Evaluate the %RSD values for the phenol target compounds and the SMC:

               a.      Check and recalculate the %RSD for 10 percent^ more of the phenol target
                      compound(s); verify that the recalculated valu^pgyp-ees with the laboratory
                      reported value(s) using the following equatiopj^f
        4.


        5.
                      and
                      where:
                              SD = Standardateviation
               b.
Verify
them
       Verify
       the
     phenol target compounds and the SMC meet
       .0 percent  Note those compounds which
calibration standard Mis within ± 1.0 percent of
       Itial calibration standards.
Evaluate the »M|»SQlution (% valley) according to the following equation:
                "*"1*^'^"j^M
                                     'eight of valley between o-cresol and
                                                 m-cresol
                                          qf smaller peak being resolved
                                                                       x 100%
                                                87
                                                                        Draft  8/94

-------
Initial Calibration
                                                                                          PHE-Q
       6.
               If errors are detected in the calculations of either the calibration factors, the mean
               calibration factor, or the %RSD, perform a more comprehensive recalculation of
               additional target compounds.
       7.      Verify that the absolute retention time (RT) and relative||etention time (RRT) windows
               were calculated correctly for the target compounds am
               window is ± 1 percent of the mean RT calculated
               standards. The RRT window is ± 0.008 RRT
               three initial calibration standards.
                                                                          The absolute RT
                                                                          initial calibration
                                                                              calculated from the
E.
       Action
       If any initial calibration criterion was not met, the associated field sample data may need to be
       qualified for usability purposes.  Some data qualifications may be performed automatically through
       QTM Computer-Aided Data Review and Evalualfe»i; (CADRE) oJpADRE supplemented with
       manual reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify the
       conservatively, that is, based on a "worst case" situatioB
       Table 2. The criterion, "*"  for professional judgement,
       stringent qualification is warranted. Manual reviews of hardco
       order to verify and confirm  the results of the CADRE review.
       for qualifying sample data utilizing QAIpi^and for hardcopy manual da   reviews.
                                                                       sample results
                                                                   will qualify data as indicated in
                                                                   examined to determine if a less
                                                                        ould also be performed in
                                                                             actions are suggested
       1.
               CADRE-Assisted Data Revi<
                      If the %RSD for any pheBei|:target cji^pound in the initial calibration was
                      greater than 25.0 percent, tli| data ||«3uld be qualified, since the results for the
                      outlier compound(s) may not %&f£prate, and all positive results in the associated
                      field sample should be qualified!^ that compound(s) as estimated (J), as defined
                      ,_ n^.-^rf**-^-^--^. m tht assisted field sample would generaUy not be
                                           ity problem ||^i % RSD) due to problems associated
                                            standard ctcciicisl For example, very low or no response
                                             the low calibration standard would affect the detection
                                                           data for that compound should be
                                                        t as estimated (UJ) or rejected (R) (see
                      If the resolutio:
                                 not be
                      If peak resolution for
                      sample
                      or presump
                      of coelution
                      the coelution
                      detected targi
                      coelution
                                             was not met, then the qualitative and quantitative
                                               due to peak overlap and lack of adequate resolution.
                                                   pair exceeded the criterion, the positive field
                                     lould be qualified using professional judgement as estimated (J)
                                      present (N). Target compounds that would elute in the region
                                        initial calibration may not be valid depending on the extent of
                                       lem.  Professional judgement should be used to qualify non-
                                        ipounds as rejected (R) or presumptively present (N), if
                                        are evident (see Table 2).
                                               88
                                                                                       Draft  8/94

-------
Initial Calibration
                                                                            PHE-Q
                      If the SMC RT was outside ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT, then the field
                      sample data should be qualified.  The qualitative data (positive identifications and
                      non-detected analytes) may not be accurate due to incorrect retention times, and
                      the associated field sample data should be qualified iasing professional judgement
                      as rejected (R) or presumptively present (N), as iefined in Table 2.
                                                                                  ten professional
Hardcopy Manual Data Review

       If the initial calibration sequence was not followed as
                      judgement must be used to evaluate the, effect of the non-com
                      sample data.
               b.
       Potential effects on the sample
       noted in the data review narratr
       laboratory has repeatedly fa:
       linearity, retention time, or resolu
  to problems with calibration should be
the data revjeisbr has knowledge that the
iply with j|jj|flequirements for frequency,
    datil^iewer should notify the TPO.
                                                                        •, recalculate the windows
       If retention time windows were not calcula'
       and use the new values for all evaluations.
                      If standard ronrentrati^mteiia were not met, use professional judgement to
                      evaluate the effect
        The following table summarizes the initial
guidelines for all associated field samples.
                                                 TPO.
                                         ^criteria and the data qualification
        INITIAL
     CALIBRATION

  %RSD
         Detects
                                 > 25.0%
         Non-detects
                               25.1 - 35.0% *
        > 35.0%
                                             Use professional
                                               judgement
                                                                     >25%*
           on-detects
             All res
                                                                  > 1.5%;
                                                                 <  -1.5% *
                                                                  ± 1.1 - 1.5% *
* Use professional j
                                               89
                                                                        Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                            PHE-Q
                                           Calibration Check
A.

B.
C.
 D.
Review Items:  Form QV-PHE, QI-PHE, and calibration check standard data.

Objective

Compliance requirements for satisfactory instrument calibrafpn are estaiBslied to ensure that the
instrument is capable of producing acceptable qualitative and quantitative dla^||Ilie calibration
check is performed at the beginning of each 24-hour analytical sequence to vera|^tphe initial
calibration is still valid and to verify that the perfbrmaiee of the instrument is sall^aoiy on a
                                *         •*•.?>•'. ^
day-to-day basis.
Criteria
        1.
        3.
        4.
        5.
        A calibration check standard is the mid-li
        containing both phenol target compounds and
        each 24-hour analytical sequence prior to the ana
        QC samples.
                                                          standard (50 ug/mL)
                                                     It is analyzed at the beginning of
                                                       e method blank and field and
                                                    IMC listed in II.C.2 must le included in the
                                                      '^ Z-J'^^^'S--^
                                                       ''•*'• f^'^f Vs** if? ^
                                                       ibration factor from the initial
                                                      ibration check standard must be within
                                                     and the SMC
The phenol target compouni
calibration check analysis.

The percent difference (%D)
calibration and the calibration
± 35.0 percent for all phenol target lamp

The retention time of thie SMC in the ca^peation check standard must be within ± 1.0
percent of the ffl^:!Si|i::iR|r calculated fiiia initial calibration.

TheRRT
fallwi
window!
standards.
three initial
                        lute RT, wlaifcever applies, KBpall calibration check compounds must
                     windows estatpifled during the initial calibration.  The absolute RT
                            t of tMil||e^;;ip:i^alettlated from the three initial calibration
                          T                       units of the mean RRT calculated from the
                              standards.
        The peak.resolution (
                Verify that the calib
                calibration check was
                      ite the calibra
                                               :tween o-cresol and m-cresol must be less than or equal
                                 check was run at the required frequency and that the
                                ipared to the correct initial calibration.
                                   irs for all phenol target compounds and the SMC
                                          ite the calibration factor for 10 percent or more of the phenol
                                   iund(s); verify that the recalculated value(s) agrees with the
                                      rted value(s), using the following equation:
                                                 90
                                                                                  Draft  8/94

-------
Calibration Check
                                                                           PHE-Q
                          Calibration Factor =  Total Peak area (or Height)
                                                 Mass injected (ng)
       3.
       4.


       5.


       6.
       7.
E.
Evaluate the %D between the mean calibration factor fKaitt the initial calibration and the
calibration factor from the calibration check standard fe|liQ percent or more of the
phenol target compounds and the SMC, using the
                                        D =
               where:
               b.
x  = mean of three initial

xc = calibration factor from calibrate

Check and recalculate the %D for 10 percent
compound(s); verify that the recalculated value(s
reported value(s).

Verify that the %D
the SMC  Note those
criterion.
                                                                        of the phenol target
                                                                           ith the laboratory
                                                          iol target compounds and
                                                        lutside the required
If errors are detected in the calculations dither the calibration factor or the %D,
perform a more compjehensive recalcuiati&B.
Verify that
from the i

Verify
compoi
RT window is 1
standards. The
               three initial calibration
                                      cent of the mean SMC RT determined
                                    applies, for all calibration check
                                   during the initial calibration. The absolute
                it of the mean RT calculated from the three initial calibration
                    is ± 0.008 RRT units of the mean RRT calculated from the
                                   .ey) for o-cresol and m-cresol is less than or equal
               Ubration check criteriasjNwas not met, the associated field sample data may need to be
               "~ ^usability purpose^0!ome data qualifications may be performed automatically through
       QTM Cdm^^feAided Datfjpview and Evaluation (CADRE) or CADRE supplemented with
       manual reviewi^^d CA3pE wiU quaUfy the electronically reported sample results
       conservatively, tha^^^^^bn a "worst case" situation.  CADRE will qualify data as indicated in
       Table 3.  The criteriol^^ for professional judgement, should be examined to determine if a less
       stringent qualification is warranted. Manual reviews of hardcopy data should also be performed in
                                               91
                                                                        Draft 8/94

-------
Calibration Check
                                                                            PHE-Q
       order to verify and confirm the results of the CADRE review.  The following actions are suggested
       for qualifying sample data utilizing CADRE and for hardcopy manual data reviews.
        1.
CADRE-Assisted Data Review
                                                    >
                                                   ••:s?*r'
a.      If the calibration factor for any phenol target qaiapaund had a %D between the
       initial calibration and the calibration check tJ^exceeded +. 35.0 percent, then the
       outlier compound(s) should be qualified.  Hie positive lisalts and non-detect data
                  *     * f          *          '••..•*       "^S $* ••  SJ'X
       in the associated sample for that compound(s) should belp^ed as estimated
       ("J" for detects or "UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R), depell^^Mi the degree
       to which the %D criteria was exceededf« defined in Table 3.   "^ .«>
                                         . X . !•''                           tff """"-C. •• *•.
               b.
       If the RRT or absolute RT, whii
       compound(s) was outside the
       then the outlier compound(s)
       The qualitative data (positive ideir
applies, for a calibration check
established iiuring the initial calibration,
                      be accurate because of incorrect relai
                      and non-detected sample data in all
                      should be qualified using professional judgi
                      present (N), depending on the degree to which the
                      exceeded, as defined
                 le should be qualified.
           in-detected analytes) may not
          tte retention times. The detected
          id samples for that compound(s)
              jected (R) or presumptively
                    time criteria were
                      If the resolution crit
                      results may not be
                      the peak pair exceeded
                      qualified using prof<
                      (N).  Target compounds that
                      calibration check may not be
                                           judgement
                      compegiids as ree, (R) or pres
                                                          itive and quantitative
                                                          m. If peak resolution for
                                             positive field sample results should be
                                           as estimated (J) or presumptively present
                                          lute in the region of coelution in the
                                               tg on the extent of the coelution
                                              be used to qualify non-detected target
                                                 present (N), if coelution problems
                       If the calib:
                       judgement mi
                       sample data.
                                                           1.0 percent from the mean SMC RT
                                                        ,, then the associated field sample data may
                                           The associated field sample data are qualified using
                                           t as rejected (R) or presumptively present (N) (see Table
                        check sequence was not followed as required, then professional
                          used to evaluate the effect of the non-compliance on the
                                      'on the sample data due to problems with calibration should be
                                       review narrative. If the data reviewer has knowledge that the
                                    repeatedly foiled to comply with the requirements for frequency,
                                    ition time, or resolution, the data reviewer should notify the TPO.
                                                92
                                                                         Draft 8/94

-------
Calibration Check
   PHE-Q
                                             TABLE 3
        The following table summarizes the calibration check criteria and |ne data qualification guidelines
for all associated field samples.                                     .,;>|c
CALIBRATION
CHECK
NOT
QUALIFIED
J
.^''•R'^%
•«- *Vq
•• S.'-'i """ ™
%D &» "*%,&.,
Detects
Non-detects
± 35.0%
s 35.0%
tiss^
35.1-SiiiN^
PEAK RESOLUTION "^
Detects
Non-detects
SMCRTS
*25%
AM results * *
± 1.0%
Use
professional

"%- J
^^
>5^
'^'

'%.^|f
"^S
$p^^
* < -1.5% *
>25%*

± 1.1 - 1.5% *
RRT AND ABSOLUTE RT -\ :• ^
Detects
J
Non-detects -li
 0.013;
< -0.013 units *
: RT: > 2%;
f < -2% *

RRT: ± 0.009 -
0.013 units *
RT: ± 1.1 - 2.0 % *
RRT:> 0.008;
< - 0.008 units *
RT: > 1.0%;
< -1.0% *
*  Use professii
                                                93
Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                          PHE-Q
                               IV.  Performance Verification Standard
A.     Review Items:  Form Qm-PHE, Form QI-PHE, and p>erfbmance verification standard (PVS)
                      data.                                       ;-,%"
B.      Objective
                                                              -*: <"^"
                                                             ,?&'
        The PVS is analyzed at least once during each 24-hour analytical
        stability.
 D.
        Criteria
        1.
        3.
        4.
        5.
        6.
        7.
        8.
The concentration of the PVS standard i
low level standard used in the initial
               An acceptable PVS must be analyzed at the
               PVS must be run within 24 hours after the injectii
               or a valid calibration check standard.
                                                                     system
                                                         ncentration level of the
                                                     each analytical sequence. The
                                                      first initial calibration standard
                                   •jot a non-compliant PVS^ialysis, the PVS
                                   *"          :jstart of the current analytical
If a PVS reanalysis is reqi
reanalysis must be started
sequence.
                            ••%•':&« ••
                             t5^
The PVS must have a percent recfcf||y in theifjjiage of 50 -150 percent of the true
amount in order to report data withl|at quafipers.
                                  *«•* *. f"v- **•*•»'••'

The SMC recovery uy&e PVS must be'i^ter than or equal to 20 percent, and less than
or equal 200 to percent Ike SMC recovery criterion of 50 -150 percent is advisory.
The RT fo;
calcula
                                               1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT
The RRT OT absolute                         all PVS compounds must fall within the
windows establi§J^| iduring the initial calibration. The absolute RT window is ± 1
percent of the meai llUjealcuIated from the three initial calibration standards.  The RRT
window is ± 0.008 RRT^ia|&:£f the mean RRT calculated from the three initial
               lards.    ~~*<'~"
   e peak resoluti
-------
                                                                                  PHE-Q
E.
                                     Amount Added
                                                       100%
        and
        where:
                             Amount Observed
                                                CF_
                   =   peak area of the PVS compound
                                                                     K*sS
 3.

 4.
       CFm SB calibration factor establish

Verify that the SMC recovery and RT s,
                                                    ng the initial calibration
                                                                       red QC limits.
5.
Action
               Verify that the RRT or absolute RT, whi
               the windows established during the initial caul
               percent of the mean RT calculated from the three
               window is ± 0.008 RRT units of the mean RRT
               calibration standards.
               Verify that the peak resolu
               equal to 35 percent.
If any PVS criterion was not met, the associa
usability purposes.  Somejajuualifications
Computer-Aided
reviews. QTM
is, based on a "wo:
criterion, ***  fbi;
qualification is
verify and confirm
qualifying sampl
                       Data
                                                             all PVS compounds are within
                                                            absolute RT window is ± 1
                                                              •ration standards. The RRT
                                                                 the three initial
1.
                                                             and m-cresol is less than or
                                        sample data may need to be qualified for
                                        ~ 'irmed automatically through QTM
                                           or CADRE supplemented with manual
                                           Mted sample results conservatively, that
                                            data as indicated in Table 4. The
                                       examined to determine if a less stringent
                                        ry data should also be performed in order to
                                        The following actions are suggested for
                                    hardcopy manual data reviews.
                                   of a comfiind in the PVS was outside the expanded recovery
                               ..^^  '' ?'eater than 15° percent or less than 50 percent), then the
                      outlier comjp|ind(s) in the associated field sample data generated since the last
                      valid PVS or|I3S should be qualified.  The positive results and non-detect data in
                      the assodatedjjiead sample should be qualified as estimated ("J" for detects or
                      "UJ* for non-|e|5cts) or rejected (R) (see Table 4).

                     -|ftheSM<
                      the .field
                               . was less than 20 percent or greater than 200 percent, then
                          ale data should be qualified if the SMC in the field sample is outside
                          snt recovery. The positive results and non-detect data in the
                       "sample generated since the last valid PVS or LCS should be qualified
                                                                              Draft 8/94

-------
Performance Verification Standard
                                                                     PHE-Q
                       as estimated ("J" for detects or "UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R) (see Table
                       4)-

                       If the RRT or absolute RT, whichever applies, for ••'».•. .            v          '
                                                              s
                       If the SMC RT of the PlgSxwas not wjfiii ± Wpelfeent of the mean SMC RT
                       calculated from the iiuUalc|pbratioii|pien the associated field sample data may
                       need to be qualified. The a^ciate|tliteld sample data generated since the last
                       valid PVS or LCS are qualMediiisliiig professional judgement as rejected (R) or
                       presumptiyejjyjresent (N) (sees<1I|le 4).
               Hardcopy Manual Data
               b.
Potential
noted in the
                                 has
                                                 in the proper sequence as required, then professional
                                                        the effect of the non-compliance on the
     the sample data due to problems with PVS analyses should be
         narrative. If the data reviewer has knowledge that the
               to comply with the requirements for recovery,
ition turielier resolution, the data reviewer should notify the TPO.
                                                96
                                                                  Draft 8/94

-------
Performance Verification Standard
                                                    PHE-Q
                                           TABLE 4
qualification guidelines for all associated field samples. /5;
/' •*•<.."• f ..
PVS
NOT
QUALIFIED
J
% RECOVERY Ji£,
Detects
Non-detects
50 - 150%
*50%

20 -^tPSSf^
*•"' ^"'••«*S^;^^
SMC % RECOVERY ** "^
Detects
Non-detects
SMCRTS
PEAK RESOLUTION
Detects
Non-detects
RRT AND ABSOLUT!
Detects
/*
20 - 200%
* 20% J
± 1.0% ~

«35%
fjqllljl results * B
jjjJMT,
RT"1* ^ Y l^^^^'^*
^
<20%;
>200%
J^-s^
% "Tl
%1 ^

i«S ^5
^ ^t|

N

^
<^
•***•

%,4P"
^%(W
< 10% *






± 1.1 - 1^% *

>35%*


^

RRT:> 0.013;
< -0.013 units *
RT: > 2.0%;
< -2,0% *

RRT: ± 0.009 -
0.013 units *
RT: ± 1.1 - 2.0% *
RRT: > 0.008;
< - 0.008 units *
RT: > 1.0%;
< -1.0% *
*  Use profespiJaal judgement
** If the PVS Slipscpvery was
   data should be q
   20 percent or greater than 200 percent, then the field sample
in the field sample is outside 50 -150 percent recovery.
                                              97
                                                  Draft  8/94

-------
                                                                                          PHE-Q
                                      Y.  Laboratory Blanks
A.     Review Items:  Form QI-PHE, Form QVT-PHE, and laboratory bjaffik data.

B.     Objective

       The purpose of laboratory blank analyses is to determine thftpdstence aiaiiniagnitude of
       contamination resulting from the laboratory environment ana to ensure ih1«j|he:instrurnent is free
       from potential interferences.  The criteria for evaluation of laboratory blanks a^^t^ any
       laboratory blank associated with the samples (e.g., metljflQ blanks and instrument 1^^^ If
       problems with any blank exist, all associated data mustlfce carefully evaluated to determine
       whether or not there is an inherent variability in tttipata, or if the problem is an isolated
       occurrence not affecting other data.
        Criteria
        1.
Method Blanks
                      A method blank analysis is required for each extractMH|i|p| each matrix type
                      (water, soil/solid, etf||||ad^ath each Batch of samples that are analyzed during a
                      24-hour analytical s^^^e^^^^^mejttLod blanks are required for each
                      instrument used du   ^        ~ *"      -    --
               b.
       The concentration
       elute within target compou
       be less than one-half the com
                      The
               d.
   unds or potential interferences that
ition windows in the method blanks must
    quantitation limit (CRQL).

 (unknown compounds that are outside
   using the calibration factor of the
   than one-half the CRQL of that target
                                RTin

                               xp
        2.fv-,~  Instrument Blanks  ^
                                                it be greater than or equal to 20
                       than or equal to 200 percent The SMC recovery criterion of 50
                           •ry.

                                  blank must be within ± 1.0 percent of the mean
                                   initial calibration.
                                   #f ,S'-.
                       An instrumentisjank is required at least twice during the analytical sequence.
                                        it blank analysis is required after the three-point calibration or
                                      ibration check standard. The second instrument blank analysis is
                                       tefy before the PVS analysis at the conclusion of an analytical
                       The C0n|entration(s) of the target compound(s) or potential interferences that
                       elute within target compound identification windows in the first instrument blank
                                                98
                                                                         Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                                                   PHE-Q
                      (analyzed immediately after the initial calibration or before valid calibration
                      check) must be less than one-half the CRQL.  The concentration of other
                      interferents (unknown compounds that are outside target compound windows) are
                      calculated using the calibration factor of the nearest target compound and must
                      be less than one-half the CRQL for that target .
               Subsequent instrument blanks may contain
               concentrations up to two times (2x) the CR£$L.
               The SMC recovery in the instrument blank must be greater
               percent and less than or equal to 2(to Srcent.  The SMC
               - 150 percent is advisory.
               The RT for the SMC in the
               mean SMC RT calculated from;
                                                                         -target compound
                                                                                      ualto20
                                                                                         in of 50
                                                          blank m
                                                       initial calib
                                       within ± 1.0 percent of the
                                                                   a sample analysis which contains
                                                                     ition is defined as being
                                                                       in level.  NOTE: The
               An instrument blank must be
               an analyte(s) at high concentration. High''
               greater than two times (2x) the upper initial
               concentration of non-target compound mterferentsspja|cnpwn compounds that are
               outside target ajmpg^ipnjiows) are calculated using 'flie calibration factor of
               the nearest target
D.
Evaluation
        1.
       Review the results of all associated
       evaluate the presence of target com]
                         lanks, Form QI-PHE, and raw data to
                        interferences in the laboratory blanks.
               Verify that a m<
               samples for e^ifp24-hourl
               samples ai^piiat each met
               the analyj||i sequence su
               associateiiftUi each me
E.
               calibration check
               analytical sequence, am
                   --"     *
                                   atysis has beeiifreported for each matrix for each Batch of
                                        sequend||n each instrument used to analyze phenol
                                    lank meets thllsquired criteria.  The reviewer can use
                                     (Form QVI-PttE) to assist in identifying samples
       3.
                           lent blank was analyzed after the initial calibration or before a valid
                                 id before the final PVS analysis at the conclusion of the
                                   i
-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                                          PHE-Q
       with the associated blank having the highest concentration of a contaminant The sample results
       must not be corrected by subtracting the blank value.

       If any blank criterion was not met, the associated field sample data may need to be qualified for
       usability purposes. Some data qualifications may be performed a|i0maticalty through QTM
       Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation (CADRE) or CAT|RjE supplemented with manual
       reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify the electronically reporteflini^ adults conservatively, that
       is, based on a "worst case" situation. CADRE will qualify daJl as mdka||| fa Table 5. The
       criterion, "*" for professional judgement, should be examined to detenrun^ligiess stringent
       qualification is warranted. Manual  reviews of hardcopy data should also be perfii%ed in order to
       verify and confirm the results of the CADRE review. jjjjt following actions are suggested for
       qualifying sample data utilizing CADRE and for har&yjpy manual data reviews.
       1.
CADRE-Assisted Data Review

a.      Any target compound detected in
       associated blank, is qualified as estiml
                                                                    was also detected in any
                                                                    sample concentration is less
                                                                   itive sample results that are
                                                                        without qualifiers.
               b.
       than five times (5x) the blank contaminat
       greater than five times (5x) the blank level are
       Positive sample results less than five times (5x) the felankiCpntamination and less
       than the CRQL arej|piaM,as not detected (U) (see'
                      The reviewer should nea|: that
                      blanks may not involve l|» same
                      associated samples.  These%ctors
                      the "5x" criteria, such that a
                      actually made.
       If the
                       If the SMC
                       data generated
                                The;
                       If a target co
                       taken. If the
                       half
                                                          Iculated for method
                                                     or dilution factors as the
                                              taken into consideration when applying
                                            of the total amount of contamination is
    instrument blank was less than 20
 the field sample data should be
    outside SO -150 percent recovery.
in the associated sample should be
"UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R) (see
                          not within ± 1.0 percent, then the associated field sample
                              last valid method or instrument blank may need to be
                                mple data are qualified based on professional
                                T presumptively present (N) (see Table 5).
               b.
                         id was found in a blank but not in the sample, no action is
                         imiaant(s) was found at level(s) significantly greater than one-
                       this should be noted in the data review narrative.

                    f instances in which little or no contamination was present in the
                       , but qualification of the sample was deemed necessary.
        Contimijiation introduced through dilution is one example. Although it is not
        always possible to  determine, instances of this occurring can be detected when
                                               100
                                                                        Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                  PHE-Q
                       contaminants are found in the diluted sample result, but are absent in the
                       undiluted sample result. Since both results are not routinely reported, it may be
                       impossible to verify this source of contamination, powever, if the reviewer
                       determines that the contamination is from a soureejOther than the sample, the
                       data should be qualified.  In this case, the "5x" rgti may not apply and the sample
                       value should be reported as a non-detect Ai^||pnation of the rationale  used
                       for this determination should be provided in^f"naj^%e accompanying the
                       Regional Data Assessment Summary.              *"X
                       If gross contamination existed (e.g., saturated peaks), all a:
                       the associated samples should be quailed as unusable (R),
                       This should be noted for TPO acrioifif the contamination is sus
                       an effect on the sample results.
                       If inordinate amounts of other
                       blank(s), it may be indicative of a
                      judgement should
                      any positive com]
                      be noted for TPO
                      effect on the sample
               found at low levels in the
           iuld be noted for TPO action.
                       If an instrument blank was not analyzed foTllpng a sample analysis which
                       contained an analyte(s) at high concentration(s^^^^Dle analysis results after the
                       high concentration sample must be evaluated for cai^lisner. Professional
       The following are examples of applying the
may warrant deviations from these guidelines.
               Example 1:
te if instrument ti^-contamination affected
      trument cross-contamination should
               ;uspected of having an
   tion guidelines.  Certain circumstances
   CRQL, but is less than the 5x multiple
          1.0
          0.5
          4.0
          4.0J
                                                 sample results less than 5.0 (or 5 x 1.0) would be
                                     result is less than the CRQL, and is also less than the 5x multiple
                                         result
                                     Qualified Sample Result
                                      Hank Result
                                        QL
                                         .pie Result
                                     Final Sample Result
          1.0
          0.5
          0.4J
          0.5U
                                               101
                              Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks

              Example 3:
                                                        PHE-Q
Sample result is greater than the 5x multiple of the blank result

       Blank Result                  1.0
       CRQL
       Sample Result
       Reported Sample Result
                                                                ,0
                                  In this case, the sample result exceed*
                                  (5 x 1.0) and the sample result is not q
                                         TABLES
                                             [justed blank result
       The following table summarizes the laboratory
for all associated field samples.
                        criteria and
                      qualification guidelines
          BLANKS
      NOT
   QUALIFIED
                                 N
 ALL LABORATORY BLANKS
        SMC % Recovery
               Detects
    20 - 200%'4i
               Non-detects
       20%
     19%
< 10%
         SMCRTS
                                     > 1.5%;
                                    < -1.5% *
                            ± 1.1 -1.5% *
  METHOD BLANK
         Target compot
  1st INSTRUMENT BLANK
         Target
                    a 5 x Blank
                     Level ***
                INSTRUMENT]
           •get compounds
         Blank
£ 5 x Blank
 Level ***
 *  Use profess:
 **  If the SMC
    200 percent, then
    50 -150 percent
 *** If sample result is also
       lank or instrument blank was less than 20 percent or greater than
     data should be qualified if the SMC in the field sample is outside

    CRQL, report as not detected (U).
                                            102
                                                     Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                         PHE-Q
                                 VI.  System Monitor Compound
A.

B.
D.
Review Items:   Form QI-PHE, Form QH-PHE, Form Qni-PHE?jiipd sample and blank data.
Objective
                                                                                  All
       Laboratory performance on individual samples is establishe^py means^f^^ng activities.
       field and QC samples and blanks are spiked with an SMC prior to sample e||^|ion.  The
       evaluation of the recovery result of the SMC is not necessarily straightforward: : lib ^eld sample
       itself may produce effects due to such factors as rnterfetinces and high concentraiioal||| garget
       and/or non-target analytes.  Since the effects of the s^^le matrix are frequently outsiaelpe
       control of the laboratory and may present relative^pkque problems, the evaluation and review of
       data based on specific sample results is frequentlyjlpbjective and dj|pands analytical experience
       and professional judgement Accordingly, this sii||n consists pjfiparily of guidelines.
        Criteria
        1.
        3.
        4.
        5.
        A single SMC, o-bromophenol, is added to all field
        matrices to assess extraction efficiency, calculate the
        identification, and assess shiM;iB Ihe.chromatography.
                  ^            ,-i.'if~f^- . \-*^>r«.™.    or X J
               The SMC recovery criterion
               advisory.
                                      -1501
                                                         iples and blanks for all
                                                            for compound
                                                         • samples and blanks is
The SMC recovery in the field samf
percent  However, the SMC;
or equal to 20 percenLand less than or
                                                        to
                                                  less than 10 percent or greater than 200
                                                   samples and blanks must be greater than
                                                   200 percent
        To use RRT,
        than or
        analyses.
        inafii
        present
                            itification
                              10 percent i
                            luteRT'
                              is less
                            i less than or <
                 the SMC recovery must be greater
                to 200 percent for field sample
are used for identification purposes if the SMC recovery
              than 200 percent, or if interferences are
        The SMC RT shift mis|ajpt exceed ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT calculated during
        the initial calibration. TPSdfB|yf the SMC percent recovery is zero or if interferences with
                         it, the SMOlteshift is not evaluated.
               Check raw data to vei|pthe SMC recovery and RT shift on the Phenol Analysis Data
               Sheet (Form QI-PHE)|ffce LCS Data Sheet (Form QH-PHE), and the PVS Data Sheet
               (Form QIH-PHE).  Ch^ik for any calculation or transcription errors.
                     that the SM(|;iecovery was calculated correctly by using the following equation:
                     V * £•«•„'
                       ?«. .*>c
                        t- »
                       ^Sv>A '


                      ?•&*-
                                               103
                                                                               Draft 8/94

-------
 System Monitor Compound
                                                                                       PHE-Q
                                    % Recovery - -2 x
               where:
                      QD » Quantity determined by analysis

                      QA a Quantity added to samples/Ms

 3.      Check that the SMC RT shift was calculated correctly by using the
                                    JTO RE will qualify data as indicated in Table 6. The
   *-J". -samined to determine if a less stringent
      . -_._.% data should also be perfiwmed in order to
      t review, the following actions are suggested for
  '• and for manual hardcopy data reviews.
      1.
                            IData:
                    If the:
                    50 - ISO
                    equal to 200
                    qualifiers
                    percent or
                    sections).
                          kpf the SMC in a field sample was outside of the advisory limit of
                          «, but was greater than or equal to 10 percent and less than or
                            ^nt, then the associated sample data may be used without
                            he associated  QC sample or blank SMC recovery is less than 20
                             than 200 percent (see Table 6 and QC samples and blank
             b.
                         •ff
                         ; of the SMC was greater than 200 percent in a field sample, then
                         .sample data should be qualified.  The positive results in the
                   ^sample should be qualified as estimated (J) and the non-detected
             compounds are not qualified (see Table 6)
                                           104
                                                                                  Draft  8/94

-------
System Monitor Compound
                                  PHE-Q
                      If the SMC recovery in a QC sample or blank was less than 20 percent or greater
                      than 200 percent, then the field sample data should be qualified if the SMC in the
                      field sample is outside 50 - ISO percent recovery. The positive results and non-
                      detect data in the associated sample should be qualified as estimated ("J" for
                      detects or "UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R)jjjjjje Table 6).

                      If the recovery of the SMC was less than 10 ,|pi:illiitt;a field sample, or if
                      interferences are present, then the laboratc^^houldll^itsed absolute retention
                      times for identification of compounds and the data should b^paalified.  The
                      positive results and non-detect data in the associated sample :
                      as estimated ("J" for detects or "UJ" ^i||SDn-detects) or rejected
                      6).
               e.      If the SMC RT was not within
                      from the initial calibration for
                      sample data may need to be qi
                      qualified using professional judgement
                      (N) (see Table 6 and QC samples and b]

               Hardcopy Manual Data Review
                                [ualified
                                Table
                   SMC RT calculated
                 the associated field
               field sample data are
            (R) or presumptively present
          lions).
                      If the SMC RT
                      the initial calibration'
                      immediately
                      then the data should be
                      professional judgement as
                      Table 6.  NOTE: if the SMC
                      the SMC were present, the
               b.
      ie mean SMC RT calculated during
                 ould have been
               ide criteria upon reanatysis,
      pie data should be qualified using
  or presumptively present (N), as defined in
recovery was zero, or if interferences with
shift is not evaluated.
   with SMC recoveries should be noted for
                                               105
                               Draft 8/94

-------
System Monitor Compound
                                                                                        PHE-Q
       The following table summarizes the SMC criteria and the data qualification guidelines for all
associated Geld samples.                                          ^ |||;
SMC
NOT
QUALIFIED
% RECOVERY - FIELD SAMPLES
Detects
Non-detects
10-200%
*10%
I J
JSs
J|iloo%
•-Jf|%ip%*
^ ^fe,
••':,
Jt>
-J& 10%*
N
"%*«
N

% RECOVERY - BLANKS AND QC SAMPLES **
Detects
Non-detects
RTS - FIELD SAMPLES
RTS - QC SAMPLES
20-200%


± 1.0% '-7
< 20%; "**
>200%


,,4|f
%^
< 10%

> 15%;


± 1.1 - 15% *
± 1.1 -15% *
* Use professional judgement
** If the SMC recovery in a 
-------
                                                                                        PHE-Q
                                Vn. Laboratory Control Samples
A.

B.
D.
Review Items:   Form QII-PHE, Form QI-PHE, and laboratory coatrol sample (LCS) data.

Objective

Data for LCS are generated to provide infonnation on the aioairacy of fie analytical method and
laboratory performance.

Criteria

1.      An LCS must be prepared and extracted
                                                                                     Wtf
                                                       ach matrix for each Batch of samples.

                                                        Batch perfiPhour analytical sequence per
       4.

       5.
       addition to the required SMC

       The recoveries for the LCS
       An LCS must be analyzed once per
       instrument
       3.      The LCS must contain phenol target compounds aiisejetal known concentrations, in
ids must be within 30 -
       The RRT or absolute RT, whichever applies, for all LCS compounds must fall within the
       windows established during the initial calibration. The absolute RT window is ± 1
       percent of the mean RT calculate! ipm the43p!ee initial calibration standards.  The RRT
       window is ± 0.008 RRT units of theieanJ^iT calculated from the three initial
       calibration standards.
       6.
       7.
       The RT of the,
       established
           it of the mean RT of the SMC
       The SMCteeovery in the LCSanust be greater 'than or equal to 20 percent and less than
       or equaifelDO percent  T^p^^ecoverjyaf 50 -150 percent is advisory.
Evaluation
              Verify Jhat LCS samp]
                                ! for ea
                                           and analyzed at the required frequency and that
                                       for each matrix, and for each analytical sequence.
                                       recovery on Form QII-PHE and verify that the results for
                                    130 percent

                                      raw data and calculations.
       4.
              window:
              calibration st
                                lute RT, whichever applies, for all LCS compounds are within
                             during the initial calibration.  The absolute RT window is ± 1
                           T calculated from the three initial calibration standards. The RRT
                           T units of the mean RRT calculated from the three initial
                                              107
                                                                                    Draft  8/94

-------
Laboratory Control Samples                                                                PHE-Q

       5.      Check that the LCS recovery was calculated correctly by using the following equation:
               where:
                                    % Recovery = -^ x 100%
                              QD = Quantity determined

                              QA = Quantity added
E.
Action
                                                           >nned
                                                          i or
If any LCS criterion was not met, the associated
usability purposes.  Some data qualifications
Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation (
reviews. QTM CADRE will qualify the electronically
is, based on a "worst case" situation. CADRE will
criterion, "*"  for professional judgement, should be examined
qualification is warranted. Manual reviews of hardcopy data s
verify and confirm the results of the
qualifying sample data utilizing
        1.
       sample data jpgr need to be qualified for
                       itically through QTM
                      supplemented with manual
                   tple results conservatively, that
                  indicated in Table 7.  The
                       ine if a less stringent
                           performed in order to
review. The following actions are suggested for
               ual data reviews.
        CADRE-Assisted Data Review*
                      If the SMC recovery in theljGS walpss than 20 percent or greater than 200
                      percent, then the LCS and aD asscwiated samples should have been reanalyzed.  If
                      the SMC recovery criteria was mUtaet upon reanalysis, or the reanalysis was not
                                           ld sample laia should be qualified if the SMC in the field
                                                *    j-S."^1-          *
                      sampi   outside^|||50 percent retipery.  The positive results and non-detect
                            r the associattfilample data should be qualified as estimated (T for detects
               b.
                             for non-detee&3 or rejected (R) (see Table 7).
                                        9^?     J      1.  f \          /
                   . t.ssf,f  oral
               the **'"*
               compouni
               data (positive
                      i of incorr
      Iser applies, for an LCS compound(s) is outside
                                      ilished during the initial calibration, then the outlier
                                      ie associated field sample should be qualified.  The qualitative
                                           itions and non-detected analytes) may not be accurate
                                                and absolute retention times. The positive result and
                                   the assocHip sample data for that LCS compound(s) and all non-
                      LCS O)mp|pads should be qualified using professional judgement as rejected (R)
                      or presumpisfcly present (N), as defined in Table 7.
                                  ?f
                      If the LCS recssery criteria were not met, then the LCS results should be used to
                      qualify sample 4ata for the specific compounds that are included in the LCS
                      solution.  If tfc|!LCS recovery is  out on the high end, detected target compounds
                           be quagfied "J-"  If the LCS recovery is out on the low end, detected target
                                    r be qualified "J" and non-detects may be qualified estimated (UJ)
                                 (R) (see Table 7). Professional judgement should be used to qualify
                      data fi^ipimpounds other than those compounds that are included in the LCS.
                      Qualification for non-LCS compounds should take into account the  compound
                                               108
                                                                               Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Control Samples
                   PHE-Q
                      class, compound recovery efficiency, analytical problems associated with each
                      compound, and comparability in performance of the LCS compound to the non-
                      LCS compound.
                                                            th
  t of the mean SMC RT
ited field sample data may
    qualified using
        it (N) (see Table
d.     If the SMC RT of the LCS was not within ± l.i
       calculated from the initial calibration, then
       need to be qualified.  The associated field
       professional judgement as rejected (R) or
       7).

Hardcopy Manual Data Review
               TPO action should be noted if a laboratorj||iiled to analyze an LCS with each Batch, or if
               the reviewer has knowledge that a laborajpiff consistently jjjjjfr to generate acceptable LCS
               recoveries.
                                              109
                                                                                     Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Control Samples
                                                       PHE-Q
                                           TABLE?
       The following table summarizes the LCS criteria and the data qualification guidelines for all
associated Geld samples.                                          j|||--:
LCS
NOT
QUALIFIED
% RECOVERY
Detects
Non-detects
30 - 130%
a 30%
j

*^1$
<+f\O* . -**f
^^ Jw /Oj i^^^
10-2^j^
-*-<-"~ ^-V" •; -
*•>•*," R vV,-%^-%v
Jf' ' ^tf ' *» -•-•^•^^ <
^^
N
t^Xs
•^•^- ; yrv
i: '^^^
^>^?
<^%
SMC % RECOVERY ** "^:%  200%

°'i||i% " ""si*°s*;^^
RRT AND ABSOLUTE RT V!H> j||
Detects ***
Non-detects
»**
RRT: ± 0.008
^" 's**v.
jjBJPT: ± 0.008
^^•f^V .. --— i*~
'""•'''^tv >'Umio -
"^l;fe,,
fe. '^
S*'' "•,*"•
'•y.j"
fe^i'
""•"•'•. '^-."•S.'"-/;v
'"^ia^
"~V\!Zf?-$: £ .?
•«^**» -
'~V< >C! .
< 10% "*
if f "< -tS^»'
"^i"




± 1.1 - 1.5% *
i
RRT:> 0.013;
< - 0.013 units *
RT: > 2.0%;
•»••• < -2.0% *
'v?
RRT: ± 0.009 -
0.013 units *
RT: ± 1.1 - 2.0% *
RRT:> 0.008;
< - 0.008 units *
RT: > 1.0%;
< -1.0 % *
 *  Use profession
 «*IftheSMCj_
    then the fietliimple data;
                     and aU non-L
-------
                                                                                         PHE-Q
                             Regional Quality Assurance and Quality Control
A.

B.
D.
E.
Review Items:   Form QI-PHE and quality control sample data.

Objective
       Regional Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC) fillers to a
       by the Region, including field duplicates, Regional Performance Evaluatii
       spikes, and blind blanks. It is highly recommended that Regions adopt the
Criteria

Criteria are determined by each Region.

1.     PE sample frequency may vary.

2.     The analytes present in the PE sample must be

Evaluation

Evaluation procedures must follow
review. Each Region will handle the
PE samples should be compared to
Action

Any action must be in acco:
sample results.  Una
                                                                     and/or QC initiated
                                                                            iples, blind
                                                                               blanks.
                                                                  identified and quantified.
                                                                iting procedure (SOP) for data
                                                                   ^Individual basis. Results for
                                                                       "Ic PE samples, if available.
                                      with Regional ^ecifications and the criteria for acceptable PE
                                         for PE samt^ishould be noted for TPO action.
                                         *          *   .1-,-af,.-
                                              Ill
                                                                              Draft  8/94

-------
                                       1X- Analytical
                                                                                             PHE-Q
A.      Review Items: Form QVX-PHE.

B.      Objective

        T1.   ..   .
        The objective of the analytical sequence is to ensure that
        are applied to sample analyses.

C.      Criteria
        1-      The analytical sequence consists of the foi
               calibration or a dairy calibration is perib:
                                    and QC measures
     5.
               Initial calibration anafytical sequence:
                      initial three-point calibration;
                      instrument blank;
                      LCS;
                      method blank;
                      field sample(s);
                      instrument blankfe);
                      PVS.
              Daify calibration analytical sequent
                      instrument
                      caul
                      mi
              Each sample wi
              calibration or valid call
be anaryzed on a GC system meeting the initial
~~t- standard technical acceptance criteria.
             required ttr
                                              112
                                                                                      Draft

-------
Analytical Sequence

D.      Evaluation
                                                                                  PHE-Q
        Review the Form QVI-PHE to ensure that the proper analytical sequence was followed and that
        data from all the required analyses are present

E.      Action
                                                                             ita may need to be
                                                                                 aticalty through
                                                                                     itedwith
If any analytical sequence criterion was not met, the associated field
qualified for usability purposes. Some data qualifications may be perform!
QTM Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation (CADRE) or CADRE
manual reviews. QTM CADRE will qualify the electrjafeally reported sample
conservatively, that is, based on a "worst case" situatioi.  Manual reviews of hardcopy daia should
also be performed in order to verify and confirm the results of the CADRE review. The following
actions are suggested for qualifying sample data utilizing CADRE j|t for hardcopy manual data
        reviews.
        1.
       CADRE-Assisted Data Review
                                                                 •'*, „
               Hardcopy Manual Data Review
               If the analyti
               may need to
               professio:
                                                                          sequence was not
                                                                           for a non-compliant
                                                                              use of analytical
       CADRE will qualify all sample and blank data "J" if
       property followed.  NOTE: The above-mentioned data qua
       analytical sequence does notif|peclude additional data qualifica
       sequence non-compliance aS:||ieciliii||ipiiiher sections.  For example, if an LCS is not
                                 ^S       x """** v' •**v*
       analyzed during an analytical
       qualified T as specified above
       guidelines as specified in the
                                                                         blank data would be
                                                                       in accordance with the
                              was not folli
                                  : associated
                    Jgement as esjfpated (J) or
the data analyzed during this sequence
data should be qualified using
  (R).
                                              113
                                                                              Draft S194

-------
                                                                                          PHE-Q
                        X.  Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
A.      Review Items:  Form QI-PHE and sample data.               /;;>
                                                                 i?{;'v

B.      Objective                                               (4l|§x.

        The objective of sample analysis data review is to ensure thatli|uah"ta^ivejaada?p?Hx
                   *                                                        '•% tf-. .-*£&:..,.
C.      Criteria

        1.
        3.

        4.
        5.
        6.
The SMC must be used as the RT marker ^ppthe RRT criterion used for compound
identification.  The SMC is also be used jlSmonitor extrac^i efficiency.
The RT for the SMC must be within ±
during the initial calibration.
The advisory limit for the SMC recovery is 50 - 150
The SMC recovery must be
200 percent in order to use
greater than or equal to 10 pef^at and
identification window is ± 0.00§tIRT units o;
calculated during the initial (alibralpsn. If
percent, greater than 200 percent, d:
recovered in the method blank), the
identification purposes.,  The identifies
RT for each raiaioiniitffculated from
The RRT
must fall
                                                                     ean SMC RT calculated
or equal to 10
                                                             less than or equal to
                                                        If the SMC recovery is
                                                           percent, the
                                                        for each target compound
                                                  of the SMC is less than 10
                                            ices are present (but are adequately
                                          T of the compounds must be used for
                                               is ± 1.0 percent of the mean absolute
                                         itial calibration.
Only one
within an ana

If any saturated non-
                   aborato:
               Identifies compo
               target compound
               identification win
               a target compound i
              ! ^saturated peak overlai
                    aunds that elu
                             If a
               comt"
                                r applies, fiifeall positively identified target compounds
                               lished during the initial calibration.
                                          for samples within a Batch and analyzed
                              Dund chromatographic peaks are evident, or if any
                                J.OT more RRT and/or RT target compound windows,
                     s the "E^llag on Form I to indicate this situation.  The "E" flag
                      at exceed the calibration range and the "N" flag identifies positive
                       in which the absolute or relative retention times are outside the
                       for example, if a large peak tail from a saturated peak elutes into
                       ication window, then that target compound is flagged "EJJ."  If a
                        are than one target compound window, then all target
                           those windows which are obscured by the saturated peak are
                      ; saturated peak obscures the entire chromatogram, then all target
                                               114
                                                                        Draft  8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification

D.     Evaluation

       1.
                                                                           PHE-Q
Check the concentration in the sample using the following equation for external standards.
The response can be measured by automated peak heights-peak area measurements
from an integrator.                                 <*/•'•;

       Water:
                               Concentration in \igfL -


                      Soil/Solid - (Wet weight basis):


                               Concentration in
               where:
                              response
                      CFm — calibration
                              calibration. N$Hf: Only
                              samples within a tsich and
                              XJ>.4).
                                                                  during the initial
                                                  ot xjttantitation may be used for
                                                within an analytical sequence (see
                                              analyzed i

                                            extract (uL)
               Check the retenti
               samples or subsequent
                  *i*<.-was« «---i.^t.      *
                               : the foil
                            (RTS) percent difference between the field and QC
                              analyzed and the most recent initial calibration analyzed
                                  tion:
                                                      x 100%
                                    ion time shift % Difference

                                   .tion time of the SMC in a sample

                      RTC =  Mean retention time of the SMC from the most recent initial calibration
                                               115
                                                                        Draft 8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification                                              PHE-Q

       3.      Check the RRT of a sample component or a standard using the following equation:
       4.
                                                SMC KT
The calibration factor for a compound may be call
data collected during an acceptable initial calibration*^ Only
techniques listed below must be used for samples within a
given analytical sequence.
                  pf three techniques using
                    qthe quantitation
                              within a
               b.
       The calibration factors based on th<
       This option may be used as long
       of the average of the high and

       The mean calibration factor estab*
   ipoint of the initial calibration Carve.
   midpoint values are within ± 10 percent
Dint values.
           r equal to 10 percent and less than or equal
                             ids are identified on the basis of RRT in all samples for
                                           iter than or equal to 10 percent and less
                                       ample chromatograms are identified as target compounds if
                                                 ± 0.008 RRT units of the mean RRT of the
                                               lied during the initial calibration.
                                               y
                                          is less than 10 percent, greater than 200 percent, or if
                                      present:

                              Targef |&mpound$ are identified on the basis of absolute RT in all
                              sampliiibr which the SMC recovery is less than 10 percent, greater than
                              200 fiieent, or masked interferences.

                                    in sample chromatograms are identified as target compounds if
                                   absolute RT is within ± 1.0 percent of the mean RT of the
                                  ipound established during the initial calibration.
                                                116
                                                                         Draft 8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
                                                                                  PHE-Q
       6.
       7.
       Verify that the RRT or absolute RT, whichever applies, for all positively identified target
       compounds are within the windows established during the initial calibration.

       Verify that the "E^J" flag was properly reported on Formjpi»hen saturated non-target
       compound chromatographic peaks are evident or if any t|irDmatographic peaks overlap
       more than one RRT and/or RT target compound win(
               a.
               b.
               If saturated chromatographic peaks outside target co
               windows are evident, the nearest target compound sho
               Form I.
                    RRT and/or RT
                           "EJSTon
               If chromatographic peaks overlap
               RT windows are evident, the corn
                    on Form I.
E.
Action
       If any qualitative and/or quantitative result verification crii
       sample data may need to be qualified for usability purposes.
       performed automatically through QTM Computer-Aided Data R<
 than one target compound RK"I and/or
ding target compounds should be flagged
                                                             not met, the associated field
                                                                 qualifications may be
                                                                   Evaluation (CADRE)
       or CADRE supplemented with manv
       reported sample results conservath
       qualify data as indicated in Table 8.
       examined to determine if a less stringen
       data should also be performed in order
       The following actions are suggested for qu
       manual data reviews.
                                            QTM CADRE will qualify the electronically
                                                        ;t case" situation.  CADRE will
                                       iterion,''"w'p|ipf|ptoiial judgement, should be
                                          [cation ^^arranlea. Manual reviews of hardcopy
                                            andJBfirm the results of the CADRE review.
                                                 jte data utilizing CADRE and for hardcopy
               CADRE-Assist
                                    equ
                           ata may i
                                               "t£ !•,
                                    r a field sample pas not within 50 -150 percent but was
                                    i 10 percent and less than or equal to 200 percent, then
                                                      (see Table 8).
                                     of less than 20 percent or greater than 200 percent in the QC
                                            tied with a sample Batch is an indication that serious
                         iblems occurred ttaiing the analysis.  All samples associated with the
                               ible QC saiia||g||or blanks must be reextracted and/or reanalyzed and the
                                  qualified elfe as estimated ("J" for detects or "UJ" for non-detects)
                      or rejectefl pQ (see PVS, LCS, and laboratory blank sections).
                      All target
                         ibration
                            itioi
                                     lunds detected below the CRQL should be qualified as estimated
                              iund concentrations which exceeded the upper limit of the initial
                              and are less than or equal to two times (2x) the upper
                            ige should be qualified as estimated (J). Target  compound
                          ins which exceed two times (2x) the upper calibration range should be
                         I" (see Table 8).
                                              117
                                                                               Draft  8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
                                                                    PHE-Q
                      If more than one method of quantitation is used to calculate the sample results
                      within a Batch, or to quantitate sample results from the same analytical sequence,
                      the associated sample results for that Batch should be qualified as estimated ("J"
                      for detects or "UJ" for non-detects).             ef :

                      Target compounds flagged "EjN" by the laborat|^y should be qualified as
                      presumptively present (N).
                      If the SMC recovery for a field sample was less than 10 percent or greater than
                      200 percent, then the data should be qualified. If matrix interferiaces obscure the
                      detection and quantitation of the SM^frofessional judgement should fee used to
                      qualify the data. If no matrix effi
                      detect data in the affected sample
                      non-detects) or rejected (R) (:
                      used for identifications.
                                                                   ir a positively identified target
                                                                      ing the initial calibration,
                                                                          qualitative data (positive
                                     evident, the positive results and ;aon-
                                      be qualified as estimated (J or UJ for
                                    8). In addition, absolute RTs should be
If the RRT or absolute RT, whi
compound(s) was outside the window estal
then the outlier compound(s) should be q
                                                              |iected (R) or presumptively present
identifications) may not be accurate because of incoitpct: |telative or absolute
retention times. Thejps&aated sample data for that cbmliiiund should be
                  ,<^s!.S?ii« M^i'j'-'^iS-.i'S»«. -^  *                  **•
qualified using prof
(N), as defined in'

If the SMC RT criterion w^no
required to have reanatyzedihe
reanalysis or the sample was not:
be qualified, ,TJtie affected sam
judgem^H^fed (R) or p:
               Hardcopy
               NONE
                                                             any field sample, the laboratory was
                                                            If the SMC RT was still out upon
                                                                then the affected sample data should
                                                        ita should be qualified using professional
                                                         lively present (N), as defined in Table 8.
                                                118
                                                                  Draft 8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
PHE-Q
SAMPLE
SMC % RECOVERY
Detects
Non-detects
SMCRTS
No. of quantitation
methods
NOT
QUALIFIED
J
s 4
J^~
10 - 200%
2 10%
± 1.0%
1
< 10%;
>200%
< 10% *
•-.'5-4,
> 1
,*v
/i^;io%*
|*!' > 1.5%; j

r M
E



|fe 1.1 - 1.5% *

^
•^


RRT AND ABSOLUTE RT '"*"*^fe*; .
Detects
Non-detects
Compound
Concentration |
Saturated/Overlapping
target compound
peak(s)
RRT:±
0.008 units
RT: ± 1.0%
No actions
jf|Ifiipper
plllibration
I'll ' limit
RJ^1
^
'1
|p^ CRQL;
m? ^"^
l^
RRT:
c


RM^}± 0.009
- 0.013 units *
•v>2x
upper
calibration
limit

 Use pro:
                                           119
                                                                                 Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                               PEST-Q
                         7. PESTICIDE DATA REVIEW

                                                         JV
The pesticides QTM data requirements to be checked are listed jbptew and described in the
following sections,                                       - * *


       L      Technical Holding Time

       E     Initial Calibration


       III.     Calibration Check


       IV.     Performance Verification S

       V.     Laboratory Blanks


       VI.     System Monitor Compound (SMC)

       Vn.    Laboratory Control Samples (LCS)

       VIE.   Regional Quality
       DC     Analytical Sequence
       X.     Qualitative and Quantitative
                                     120
                                                                           Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                        PEST-Q
                                    I. Technical Holding Time
D.
E.
       Review Items:  Form QI-PEST, EPA Traffic Report/Chain-of-G^ody form, sample extraction
                      sheet, and Batch Narrative.
B.     Objective
                                                                                   :ena
The QTM requires significantly fester sample analysis and turnaround times.
presented in this section are intended to represent "tecliiHear evaluation gui
is to determine the acceptability of results based on jflliPtechnical holding time of the
the time of collection to the time of extraction andlpialvsis.
       Criteria
       Technical requirements for sample holding times
       The holding times for soils (and other non-aqueous matric
       sludge) are currently under investigation. When the results ;
       into the data evaluation process. Additionally, results of holding i
       into the data review criteria as the sta&es^e conducted and

       The holding time criteria for water
       Water Act), is as follows:
                                                                                       .objective
                                                                                         efrom
                                                             ed only for water matrices.
                                                             sediments, oily wastes, and
                                                                 they will be incorporated
                                                                  lies will be incorporated
               For semivolatile compounds in coolea (@
               is 7 days from sample collection to exi
               analysis.
It is recommended i
days of sample coll

Evaluation
                                           ipounds in
                                            analyzed wi
                                                                CFR Part 136 (Clean
                                                  water samples, the maximum holding time
                                                and 40 days from sample extraction to
[ueous samples be extracted within 14
  days of extraction.
        Technical holding times1a|f Decked by comparing the date of sample collection on the QTM
        Traffic Report/Chain-of-CuH^^£p(/COC) form with the dates of extraction and analysis on the
        sample extraction and analysis In^pg^onn QI-PEST).  To determine if the samples were
        analyzed ,|«dffiilielfcolding time afteijl^ction, compare the dates of extraction on the sample


                                      that the samples were received intact and iced.  If the samples
                                     iroblems with the samples upon receipt, the sample condition
          the TR/COC in
     not iced or there were
    d affect the data.
        If any technic
        be qualified for
        through QTM Compi
        with manual reviews. Q1
                            iterion was not met, the associated field sample data may need to
                                Some data qualifications may be performed automatically
                             Data Review and Evaluation (CADRE) or CADRE supplemented
                          CADRE will qualify the electronically reported sample results
                                               121
                                                                               Draft  8/94

-------
Technical Holding Time
                                                                          PEST-Q
       conservatively, that is, based on a "worst case" situation.  CADRE will qualify data as indicated in
       Table 1. Manual reviews of hardcopy data should also be performed in order to verify and
       confirm the results of the CADRE review. The following actions ate suggested for qualifying
       sample  data utilizing CADRE and for hardcopy manual data revjsiias.
        1.
CADRE-Assisted Data Review
       If technical holding times were exceeded, flag all positive
       and sample quantitation limits as estimated "UJ" (see Table
               b.      If technical holding times were
                      professional judgement to dete
                      effects of exceeding holding time
                      determine that positive results
                      approximations and should be qu
                      reviewer may determine that non-
                                                                                   estimated "J"
                                                   the reviewer must use 1=44
                                          ie reliability pf the data and the potential
                                         the sample ntots. The reviewer may
                                         associated.|J|ahtitation limits are
                                            ith "i|i^"UJ," respectively. The
                                                    Id be rejected (R) (see Table 1).
                      Due to limited information concerning holding ®|K |br non-aqueous samples, it
                      is left to the discretion of the data reviewer to appyijjjjjgx holding time criteria to
                      non-aqueous matriceSipgiafcssional judgement is requ§e| to evaluate holding
                      times for non-aqued^^^^^^QtJM CADRE currently qualifies all non-
                      aqueous field sample^^ng    v
               Hardcopy Manual Data Review

               a.
       When technical holding timi
       review
               b.
led, this should be noted in the data
                                             should comment, whenever possible, on
                                              ig the holding time.
                                               122
                                                                        Draft 8/94

-------
Technical Holding Time
   PEST-Q
                                            TABLE 1
                                                                 •fffSf- ~
       The following table summarizes the technical holding time criteria f
TECHNICAL HOLDING
TIME
SAMPLE EXTRACTION
Detects
Non-detects
NOT QUALIFIED
]
,:fft
X?*'?
0-7days
0-7days
\?-'4-~ > 7 days^;|>; f
^•$jj^?. 14 $f'

•^

> 14 days
SAMPLE ANALYSIS *^%$$f
frf ^vSvyf^iffff.,
Detects
Non-detects
0-40 days

^ 40 dfli^^^^^^-' ,
40 -60 days ^

f' > 60 days
                                              123
Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                         PEST-Q
                                      n.  Initial Calibration

A.     Review Items:  Fonn QIVA-PEST, Form QIVB-PEST, and initial calibration standards data.

B.     Objective
                                                                 1;    v">^i,. ~Jrt
       Compliance requirements for satisfactory instrument calibration are established to ensure that the
       instrument is capable of producing acceptable qualitative and quantitetivelai|||^r pesticide target
       compounds. An initial three-point calibration is performed to determine the jmMl^pf response
       for all target compounds and to demonstrate that the jassBTiment is capable of meeliag acceptable
       performance.

       Criteria
        1.
Three initial calibration standards containl^^ticide ji^t compounds and the System
Monitor Compound (SMC) are analyzed at lo^p^fliL), medium (at least 5 times the
low concentration standard or 50 ng/mL), and Mgl-^ajleast 25 times the low
concentration standard or 250 ng/mL) c»nc«ntratiom Ititt^ibeginning of the contract,
whenever major instrument maintenance has been performedj^|g^ column or detector
replacement), or whenever tbjjgidajfe calibration check or other eriieria are not met.
               The following pesticide targei
               calibration standards.  Calibratii
               determined for each pesticide
               standards. NOTE: The high com
               required in the method; a higher
               linearity requirements can be demonstrate!.
                                                         iuired in the initial
                                               mean calibration factors are
                                               the SMC in the initial calibration
                                             rd is the minimum concentration
                                           level may be used if the method specified
                              Aldriri
                                [eptachli
                                    i-Chloi
                                    ulfan I
                                        irdane
                                     'aldehyde
                                    .ulfan sulfate
                                 idrin ketone
                              Methoxychlor
                              Decacbiorobiphenyl (SMC)
                                                124
                                                                         Draft 8/94

-------
Initial Calibration
                                                                                  PEST-Q
       3.
D.
       The percent relative standard deviation (%RSD) for the calibration factors from the three
       initial calibration standards must be less than or equal to 25.0 percent for all target
       compounds and SMC except for DDT, endrin, and methoxytlllor which must be less than
       or equal to 30.0 percent
               Note:  Either peak area or peak height may be used^^alilpjfete the calibration factors
                      that are, in turn, used to calculate %RSD. ^(iwever^lAi^^e of peak
                      measurement used to calculate each calibration factor for^|^ej|.compound must
                      be consistent  For example, if peak area is used to calculate fbilsvv point
                      calibration factor for Aldrin, then thejM^ and high point calibrati©iti||ctors for
                      Aldrin must also be calculated usingsfelk area.                     i::*&
       4.
        5.
       The retention time (RT) of the SMC in
       ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT
initial calibr
  from the|
 . standard must be within
: initial calibration standards.
       The peak resolution (% valley) between endosf^ I lil alpha-chlordane in the low level
       initial calibration standard must be less than or equal:-|p:,::|5 percent
Evaluation

1.
               Verify that the correct call
               calibration.
               Evaluate the CFs and mean CFs
               the following equations:
                          Calii
                                              Total
               and
       tions were used for the initial
                                                     target compounds and the SMC, using


                                                     (or Height)
                                               calibration factors
                      repo
                                 for the pesticide target compounds and the SMC:

                             Iculate the %RSD for 10 percent or more of the pesticide target
                           ; verify that the recalculated value(s) agrees with the laboratory
                          lue(s) using the following equations:
                                       %RSD= ~ x 100%
                                                x
                                               125
                                                                                Draft  8/94

-------
Initial Calibration
                                                                                 PEST-Q
                      and
                                       SD =
                                             \
                                                i-l
                                          (n-1)
       4.
                      where:

                              SD = Standard deviation

                              x =  MeanCF

               b.      Verify that the %RSD values f<
                      meet the criterion of less than
                      endrin, and methoxychlor.  Note
                      criteria.
       Verify that the RT of the SMC in each calibration standard falls within ± 1.0 percent of
       the mean SMC RT calculated from the three initial calibratioft;jstaadards.
                                                pesticide
                                                   to 25.0,
                                impounds and the SMC
                               it or 30.0 percent for DDT,
                                                     ipoSsds which do not meet the %RSD
                                                     *	f^£ ^
       5.
       Evaluate the peak resolutio
   Percent Valley =  Height ** Va0ey
                     to Ihe following equation:
                     .-.;• ?•> W5 >tf-ves •:.
                                                            ***
                                                .
                                   Height of stniBer peak being resolved
6.
7.
                                                                               x 100%
               If errors are detected apBiithe calculations olieither the calibration factors, the mean
               calibration facjof^r^^^SD, perfbnn aipore comprehensive recalculation of
               additional tajiif compoi
               Verify thjtl&e absolute :
               were (^eil|ted correctly :
               window is ±¥l||brcent of
               standards. The
               three initial calibratic
    an time (RT) and relative retention time (RRT) windows
    	ippipiunds and the SMC The absolute RT
le meanllT calculated from the three initial calibration
  is ± 0.005 RRT units of the mean RRT calculated from the
E.     Action
        If aa^Initial calibration
             led for usability pi
             Computer-Aided Data
               reviews. QTM CAD!
                    •, that is, based
        Table^lftfe^criterion ""
                •*&••} * tr?*.
        stringent qualification is
        order to verify
        for qualifying samp
                              was not met, the associated field sample data may need to be
                                 ie data qualifications may be performed automatically through
                                 and Evaluation (CADRE) or CADRE supplemented with
                                 qualify the electronically reported sample results
                               "worst case" situation. CADRE will qualify data as indicated in
                              rofessional judgement, should be examined to determine if a less
                             ted. Manual reviews of hardcopy data should also be performed in
                             results of the CADRE review.  The following actions are suggested
                          ilizing CADRE and for hardcopy manual data reviews.
        1.      CADRE-Assisted Data Review

               a.      If the %RSD for any pesticide target compound in the initial calibration was
                       greater than 25.0 percent or 30.0 percent for DDT, endrin, and methoxychlor, the
                                               126
                                                                               Draft  8/94

-------
Initial Calibration
                                                                    PEST-Q
                       data should be qualified, since the results for the outlier compound(s) may not be
                       accurate, and all positive results in the associated field sample should be qualified
                       for that compound(s) as estimated  (J), as defined to Table 2. Non-detects in the
                       associated field sample would generally not be qualified unless a linearity problem
                       (high % RSD) due to problems associated withiikeJow calibration standard
                       occurs. For example, very low or no respons^iSSria}target compound in the low
                       calibration standard would affect the detectiftti limit aftdlllie CRQL, and the non-
                       detect data for that compound should be qualified using p«|fessipnal judgement
                       as estimated (UJ) or rejected (R) (see Table 2).            v~:|
               b.
If the resolution criterion was not njpfihen the qualitative and quant
results may not be accurate due tojji&k overlap and lack of adequate resolution.
                               aXw*)^-         ^   '^sS,           ^
If peak resolution for the peak paliiexceeded the ciiterion, the positive field
sample results should be qualifiell^sing professu|pal judgement as estimated (J)
or presumptively present (N). Tar^l^mpouHllithat would elute in the region
of coelution in the initial catibratio/ni^pt^^valid depending on the extent of
the coelution problem. Professional judgeljas| should be used to qualify non-
detected target compounds as rejected (R) of'|^g^ptively present (N), if
coelution problems are evident (see Table 2).
                       If the SMC RT
                       sample data should
                       non-detected analytes)
                       the associated field samp]
                       as rejected (R) or presump
                                        if the mean SMC RT, then the field
                                                     itive identifications and
                                                       retention times, and
               Hardcopy Manual Data Review
                      FJ
               b.
                                            sequence
                                             to evaluate
                                       qualified using professional judgement
                                    it (N), as defined in Table 2.
                                     >t followed as required, then professional
                                      Sect of the non-compliance on the
P
noted
laboratory
linearity,
           sidsia due to problems with calibration should be
               d.
If standard i
evaluate the >
                                    ita review narrative. If the data reviewer has knowledge that the
                                        iatedty failed to comply with the requirements for frequency,
                                             or resolution, the data reviewer should notify the TPO.
                                          e&jjfj'
                                 time windofipere not calculated correctly, recalculate the windows
                                      values for all evaluations.
tration criteria were not met, use professional judgement to
 on the data and notify the TPO.
                                               127
                                                                 Draft  8/94

-------
Initial Calibration
                                PEST-Q
                                            TABLE 2
       The following table summarizes the initial calibration
guidelines for all associated field samples.
criteria aa|t|be data qualification
INITIAL
CALIBRATION
NOT
QUALIFIED
%RSD
Detects **
Non-detects **
PEAK RESOLUTION
Detects
Non-detects
SMCRTS
S25.0%
S25.0%

s75%
«l
All results
± 1.0%
J
^ -y <
^
Jfg"
,*t*%<
>£§!
25.1 -JsiJbk^
"****
Use professional
judgement

'^•tsfl J'^i':-'
R ^

s v& 'Vj.
$4&i
Jjj&ja% *
"-"-'Hrf
* .JA»
'' - -x;VS-
"'^"jVf^
""----''¥:-
H .*- •. .
< - 15% *
;:»fc; N
'!'V:--^,~
**$!&<$?,
"",'• '



>75%*

± 1.1 - 1.5% *
*  Use professional judgement
** For DDT, endrin, methcHQrchlor: jNo,t Qualified = * *3&jj&>; J (detects) = > 30.0%, J (non-detects) =
  30.1 - 40.0% *; R (non-det
                                               128
                               Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                           PEST-Q
                                           Calibration Check
A.

B.
Review Items:  Form QV-PEST, Form QI-PEST, and caUbratiopEfceck standard data.
                                                           "
D.
Objective
        Compliance requirements for satisfactory instrument calibration are establ
        instrument is capable of producing acceptable qualitative and quantitative da
        check is performed at the beginning of each 24-hour analytical sequence to
        calibration is still valid and to verify that the perfbrnj|pce of the instrument is satisfactc
        day-to-day basis.                                -«!'•>
        Criteria
                                                                            ensure that the
                                                                              calibration
                                                                                   initial
                                                                                   on a
        1.
        3.
        4.
        5.
        A calibration check standard is the mid-lever
                                               t calibration standard (at least 5 times
the low concentration standard or 50 ng/mL) cx3nlti|j||g;both pesticide target compounds
and the SMC It is analyzed at the beginning of each 2i-|||«ir analytical sequence prior to
               the analysis of the method blank and field and QC samp;
               The pesticide target compo
               calibration check analysis.
        The percent difference (%D)
        calibration and the calibration
        ± 35.0 percent for all pesticide target
        methoxychlor which must be within ±
                                                    sted in ILC2 must be included in the
        The retentio;
        percent of
                              inthecalib
                            calculated
•^calibration factor from the initial
 ibration check standard must be within
  and the SMC except DDT, endrin, and
  it

  check standard must be within ± 1.0
  ial calibration.
                                                     all calibration check compounds must
                                                  initial calibration. The absolute RT
The
fall within^
window is ± f |ej|||| of the mean RT calculated from the three initial calibration
standards. The R!R^^^>W is ± 0.005 RRT units of the mean RRT calculated from the
three initial calibration^
                                  (% valley) !>itween endosulfan I and alpha-chlordane in the mid level
                                        must be less than or equal to 75 percent
                                        check was run at the required frequency and that the
                                       ipared to the correct initial calibration.

                                      factors for all pesticide target compounds and the SMC

                                 recalculate the calibration factor for 10 percent or more of the
                       pesticide target compound(s); verify that the recalculated value(s) agrees with the
                       laboratory reported value(s), using the following equation:
                                                129
                                                                                 Draft 8/94

-------
Calibration Check
                                                                          PEST-Q
       3.
        4.
        5.
        7.
E.
                          Calibration Factor
                              Total Peak area (or Height)
                                  Mass injected (ng)   ;
Evaluate the %D between the mean calibration factor
calibration factor from the calibration check standard
pesticide target compounds and the SMC, using the
                                                 freaa the initial calibration and the
                                                      percent or more of the
                                                          uation:
               where:
                      x  = mean of three initial calibelcffi. factors
                      x,. = calibration factor from calibratii
                       Check and recalculate the %D for 10 percent or mbfeHp:;|he pesticide target
                       compound(s); verify j^;lhe reticulated value(s) agrees :with the laboratory
                       reported value(s).  %
               b.
       Verify that the %D is
       and methoxychlor) for
       compounds which have a
If errors are deteqedJn, the calculai
perform a more.*iiiipi^asive recalculation^
Verify that j
from the U
IT of the!
calibration.
          i
  IT or abs<
                                              it (±"^0^percent for DDT, endrin,
                                            impounds and the SMC.  Note those
                                            .e required criteria.
                                           ier the calibration factor or the %D,
                                               rat of the mean SMC RT determined
                                   alcbever applies, for all calibration check
                              i within ± U
               Verify that
               compounds are:!iw|iiBt,|he windows established during the initial calibration. Hie absolute
               RT window is ± 1 : p1ii||n|,pf the mean RT calculated from the three initial calibration
               standards. The RRT wlllipiis. ± 0.005 RRT units of the mean RRT calculated from the
                                ition stand
  erify that the
the mid level calibra
                      lution (% valley) between endosulfan I and alpha-chlordane in
                      check standard is less than or equal to 75 percent
        If;
        qualified
        QTM Comput
        manual reviews.
        conservatively, that
                           not met, the associated field sample data may need to be
                      Some data qualifications may be performed automatically through
                     eview and Evaluation (CADRE) or CADRE supplemented with
                      will qualify the electronically reported sample results
                   on a "worst case" situation. CADRE will qualify data as indicated in
        Table 3.  The criterion, **"  for professional judgement, should be examined to determine if a less
        stringent qualification is warranted. Manual reviews of hardcopy data should also be performed in
        order to verify and confirm the results of the CADRE review.  The following actions are suggested
        for qualifying sample data utilizing CADRE  and for hardcopy manual data reviews.
                                                130
                                                                        Draft 8/94

-------
Calibration Check
                                                                           PEST-Q
        1.
CADRE-Assisted Data Review
               a.
               b.
       If the calibration faaor for any pesticide target compound had a %D between the
       initial calibration and the calibration check that «»beeded +. 35.0 percent (± 40.0
       percent for DDT, endrin, and methoxychlor), tibsellihe outlier compound(s)
                                                                in the associated
                                                                ("J" for detects or
                                                                    which the %D
                      should be qualified.  The positive results
                      sample for that compound(s) should be qualified as
                      "UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R), depending on the
                      criteria was exceeded, as defined in Tabje 3.
       If the RRT or absolute RT, whichevarSipplies, for a calibration check*s
       compound(s) was outside the windops established during the initial calibration,
       then the outlier compound(s) in |ii(passociated fiejlffemple should be qualified.
       The qualitative data (positive id£&iifications and lioii-detected analytes) may not
       be accurate because of incorrect fe1a|piOr absjfite retention times. The detected
       and non-detected sample data in all assocla|e3ppeld samples for that compound(s)
       should be qualified using professional judgesjieiB as rejected (R) or presumptively
       present (N), depending on the degree to wWch%^iritention time criteria were
       exceeded, as defined in Table 3.
                      If the resolution
                      results may not be a<
                      the peak pair exceeded
                      qualified using professio:
                      (N). Target compounds
                      calibration check may not be
                      problem.  Professional judgement
                      compo
                      are
                                            iien the qualitative and quantitative
                                                     teiion.  If peak resolution for
                                         mid
           ietd sample results should be
   estimated (J) or presumptively present
ite in the region of coelution in the
  .ding on the extent of the coelution
  be used to qualify non-detected target
•lively present (N), if coelution problems
                                                           .0 percent from the mean SMC RT
                                                         then the associated field sample data may
                                                         field sample data are qualified using
                                      anent as rejected (R) or presumptively present (N) (see Table
                      If the
                      judgement
                      sample data.
                      Potential e:
                      noted in the
                      laboratory
                     IBaearity, re
                       -. ,' . O. Xv "^ *  1-.
                       check sequence was not followed as required, then professional
                      be used to evaluate the effect of the non-compliance on the
                       in the sample data due to problems with calibration should be
                       review narrative.  If the data reviewer has knowledge that the
                      :peatedly failed to comply with the requirements for frequency,
                         time, or resolution, the data reviewer should notify the TPO.
                                               131
                                                                                       Draft S/94

-------
Calibration Check
                                                           PEST-Q
                                            TABLE 3
       The following table summarizes the calibration check criteria ;
for all associated Geld samples.
                                         : data qualification guidelines
CALIBRATION
CHECK
NOT
QUALIFIED
%D
Detects **
Non-detects **
± 35.0%
* 35.0%
J
,|t
^ * BS.K^I^'"
35.1 - 50.0%"^
R
^ ~
'"*"-$ *?T$ . XT
'V'S^ _?-C^
"-s- /
^t'l"
!^. ''•££•
%^plo%


PEAK RESOLUTION ' '**$$$& -
Detects
Non-detects
SMCRTS
S75%
•i
All results *
± 1.0%
-'^Lial
%, -i
"^i>K -.%S
•'??<|> ^' ^F
"'i!.1' , *' '/•>'
'«fc!4|;]>|*;-
M^*&
te,-sr.v-,s_
•^ &fyf ' ''*• '•y'.v"J J- ^.^ '•'*•• '{ j-
^'V 5 '•* "^v
> 1^% *;
< - 1.5% *
; > 75% *

± 1.1 - 1.5% *
RRT AND ABSOLUTE RT .^f ^111^*^. "IP\
Detects
Non-detects
"nftt^&f- j_ |*| /V\& ^
.jiIVlV''!. — U.IAJJ&
.xfyi' units
SfRT: ± 1.0% ,
i&K, *1
"'R^fe^005
"^^frs-s.
RT: ±
1
%^^

i, RRT: > 0.01;
Sf< - 0.01 units *
* RT: > 2%;
< -2%*

RRT: ± 0.006 - 0.01
units *
RT: ± 1.1 - 2.0 % *
RRT:> 0.005;
< - 0.005 units *
RT: > 1.0%;
< - 1.0% *
   55.i
                  judgement.
                  i, methoxyt
             ; J (detects) = <
        Qualified (detects) = ± 40.0%, Not Qualified (non-detects)
-40.0%^ 40.0%, J (non-detects) = 40.1 - 55.0%; R (non-detects) = >
                                               132
                                                          Draft 9/94

-------
                                                                                         PEST-Q
                               IV. Performance Verification Standard
A.     Review Items:  Form QHI-PEST, Form QI-PEST, and performa^e verification standard (PVS)
                      data.
B.      Objective
       The PVS is analyzed at least once during each 24-hour analytical sequence to
       stability.
        Criteria

        1.
        3.
        4.
        5.
        7.
The concentration of the PVS standard
low level standard used in the initial calib:
               An acceptable PVS must be analyzed at the conchi
               PVS must be run within 24 hours after the injection of
               or a valid calibration check standard.
                                                                      item
                           concentration level of the
                                                         analytical sequence.  The
                                                         initial calibration standard
If a PVS reanarysis is requiri
reanarysis must be started wi
sequence.

The PVS must have a percent
amount in order to report data withoi
                 snpliant PVS analysis, the PVS
                             current analytical
The SMC
or equal to
must
               TheRT
               calculat
                ige of 50 -150 percent of the true
than or equal to 20 percent, and less than
  ion of 50 -150 percent is advisory.
                              must be within ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT
The RRT or ab1igiBlfe=RT, whichever applies, for all PVS compounds must fall within the
windows establishe^^lai^ the initial calibration.  The absolute RT window is ± 1
percent of the mean Ry^jtaated from the three initial calibration standards.  The RRT
     "" "      RRT un^Sliaie mean RRT calculated from the three initial
                  bration st
               The peak resolution ?||| valley) between endosulfan I and alpha-chlordane in the PVS
               must be less than or eHiltl to 75 percent
D.
        1.      VeHp|hat the PVSfflis analyzed at the required frequency and at the conclusion of the
               analyt
               Evaluate the!
                      at recovery according to the following equations:
                                               133
                                                                        Draft  8/94

-------
Performance Verification Standard
                                                                          PEST-Q
               and
               where:
                              % Recovery = AmmM abserved x  100%
                                            Amount Added
                                    Amount Observed
       3.

       4.
       Ax =   peak area of the PVS compoinii
                                       .ffi.
                                         luring the initial calibration
                                                    J$?>
                                                    A-XAjS--.
Verify that the SMC recovery and RT sjMHure within ttw§p|uired QC limits.
       5.
       Action
Verify that the RRT or absolute RT, which
the windows established during the initial calibration
percent of the mean RT calculated from the three inii
window is ± 0.005 RRT units of the mean RRT calcula
calibration standards.

Verify that the peak resoluti
the PVS is less than or equal
        If any PVS criterion was not
        usability purposes.
        Computer-Aided Dai
        reviews. QTM
        is, based on a
        criterion, "*" fo;
        qualification is wa:
        verify and confirm the
        qualifying sample data
        1.
                                                    T all PVS compounds are within
                                                     absolute RT window is ± 1
                                                         ition standards. The RRT
                                                            ie three initial
                                                          and alpha-chlordane in
                       the associa
                          cations may
                            iuation
                              lectronically
                               RE will q
                                         sample data may need to be qualified for
                                               ed automatically through QTM
                                            or CADRE supplemented with manual
                                                  sample results conservatively, that
                                             data as indicated in Table 4.  The
                                        xamined to determine if a less stringent
                                       slpy data should also be performed in order to
                     f the CADRE review. The following actions are suggested for
                        DRE and for hardcopy manual data reviews.
                 Data
                       50-
                     of a compound in the PVS was outside the expanded recovery
                      i.e., greater than 150 percent or less than 50 percent), then the
                        (s) in the associated field sample data generated since the last
                        should be qualified. The positive results and non-detect data in
                         sample should be qualified as estimated  ("J" for detects or
                           or rejected (R) (see Table 4).

                           was less than 20 percent or greater than 200 percent, then
                   pie data should be qualified if the SMC in the field sample is outside
                     it recovery. The positive results and non-detect data in the
                       associated sample generated since the last valid PVS or LCS should be qualified
                       as estimated ("J" for detects or "UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R) (see Table
                       4).
                                               134
                                                                        Draft 8/94

-------
Performance Verification Standard
                                                                   PEST-Q
                       If the RRT or absolute RT, whichever applies, for a PVS compound(s) was
                       outside the windows established during the initial calibration, then the outlier
                       compound(s) in the associated field samples should be qualified. The qualitative
                       data (positive identifications and non-detected aaatytes) may not be accurate
                       because of incorrect relative or absolute retentitepgunes. The positive results and
                       non-detect data in the associated sample gen^raieHipice the last valid PVS or
                       LCS for that compound(s) should be qualified using proiessipnal judgement, as
                       rejected (R) or presumptively present (N), depending on the Idejree to which the
                       retention time criteria were exceeded, as defined in Table 4.  f ^tll,;,,
                       If the resolution criterion was not
                       results may not be accurate due
                       the peak pair exceeded the crii
                       qualified using professional j
                       (N). Qualitative identifications
                       compounds that eluted in the region
                                      .en the qualitative and quantitative
                                      [uate resoliution.  If peak resolution for
                                     positive jfpple results should be
                                                [J) or presumptively present
                                                if coelution exists.  Target
                                            i in the PVS may not be valid
depending on the extent of the coelution pro||em. Professional judgement should
be used to qualify non-detected target compound|j||j|ejected (R) or
presumptively present (N), if coelution problems areeatedly failed to comply with the requirements for recovery,
frequency, reten1Sii|iJiae, or resolution, the data reviewer should notify the TPO.
                                               135
                                                                 Draft 8/94

-------
Performance Verification Standard
                                                          PEST-Q
                                         TABLE 4
                                                             x^~
       The following table summarizes the performance verification standard criteria and the data
qualification guidelines for all associated field samples.            & &/*&$$& i
         PVS
   NOT
QUALIFIED
                                    N
 % RECOVERY
        Detects
 50 - 150%
        Non-detects
                  20-49%
 SMC % RECOVERY
        Detects
 20 - 200%
< 20%;
        Non-detects
 SMCRTS
   ± 1.0%
                              ± 1.1 - 1.5% *
 PEAK RESOLUTION
        Detects
                    Use
               ',  professi
               #- judgement
                                 >75% *
        Non-detects
AU results
        Detects
                                RRT:> 0.01;
                               < - 0.01 units *
                                RT: > 2.0%;
                                 < - 2.0% *
                              RRT: ± 0.006 -
                                0.01 units *
                            RT: ± 1.1 - 2.0% *
                                                                          RRT: > 0.005;
                                                                          < - 0.005 units *
                                                                           RT: > 1.0%;
                                                                            < - 1.0% *
  Use profession
  ' If the PVS SMC
   data should be qualifr
           20 percent or greater than 200 percent, then the field sample
        in the field sample is outside 50 -150 percent recovery.
                                            136
                                                        Draft  8/94

-------
                                                                                           PEST-Q
A.

B.
                                       V. Laboratory Blanks
Review Items:  Form QI-PEST, Form QVI-PEST, and laborato;
Objective
                  data.
                                                                                    ideof
The purpose of laboratory blank analyses is to determine the existence ana
contamination resulting from the laboratory environment and to ensure that
from potential interferences.  The criteria for evaluatioalif laboratory blanks
laboratory blank associated with the samples (e.g., meilod blanks and instrument b
problems with any blank exist, all associated data ndisEbe carefully evaluated to determine
whether or not there is an inherent variability in Jalidata, or if
occurrence not affecting other data.

Criteria

1.      Method Blanks
                                                                                        tent is free
               b.
                       A method blank an
                       (water, soil/solid, ei
                       24-hour analytical
                       instrument used
               The concentration of pestii
               elute within target compound
               be less than one-half the con
                                                                          ilem is an isolated
                                           juired for each extraction^ each matrix type
                                                        of samples that are analyzed during a
                                                                     required for each
  impounds or potential interferences that
  ition windows in the method blanks must
[uired quantitation limit (CRQL).
                       The coneentratic
                       targeijcompound
                            st target comp
                            Dund.
                                     tier interferii|| (unknown compounds that are outside
                                      s) are calculafeld using the calibration factor of the
                                     I and must be less than one-half the CRQL of that target
                       The SMC||iEoyery in the method blank must be greater than or equal to 20
                       percent andl^ilhan or equal to 200 percent The SMC recovery criterion of 50
                       -150 percent    '*"
                                    in the metstil blank must be within ± 1.0 percent of the mean
                                      ted from the initial calibration.
                       An instrumentiilank is required at least twice during the analytical sequence.
                       The first instjJjsSent blank analysis is required after the three-point calibration or
                          ire a valsefalalibration check standard.  The second instrument blank analysis is
                                      ately before the PVS analysis at the conclusion of an analytical
                       The concentration^) of the target compound(s) or potential interferences that
                       elute within target compound identification windows in the first instrument blank
                       (analyzed immediately after the initial calibration or before valid calibration
                       check) must be less than one-half the CRQL.  The concentration of other
                                                137
                                                                                 Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                                                 PEST-Q
                      interferents (unknown compounds that are outside target compound windows) are
                      calculated using the calibration factor of the nearest target compound and must
                      be less than one-half the CRQL for that target compound.
                      Subsequent instrument blanks may contain
                      concentrations up to two times (2x) the CRQiU
                      The SMC recovery in the instrument blank must be greater;
                      percent and less than or equal to 200 percent The SMC
                      -150 percent is advisory.           ^|t
                                                              non-target compound
                                                                         or equal to 20
                                                                                 n of 50
                      The RT for the SMC in the ins
                      mean SMC RT calculated from
                      An instrument blank must be ana!
                      an analyte(s) at high concentration.
                      greater than two times (2x) the upper inii
                      concentration of non-target compound int
                      outside target compound windows) are calculated
                      the nearest target
                                                  : blank must be within ± 1.0 percent of the
                                                    . calibration:
                                                            sample analysis which contains
                                                           itration is defined as being
                                                            ition level.  NOTE: The
                                                                 town compounds that are
                                                                    calibration factor of
D.
Evaluation
        1.
       Review the results of all associat
       evaluate the presence of target com;
                                                Form QI-PEST, and raw data to
                                           terferences in the laboratory blanks.
E.
        3.
Action
        If
Verify that a method .Jblank analysis has%||n reported for each matrix for each Batch of
samples for each|i||i|i||S^l^cal sequenl|fQn each instrument used to analyze pesticide
samples and .|hfp!ach me1l|J|blank meets ^prequired criteria. The reviewer can use
the analyticjiipequence sumnii||r (Form QVI-P^T) to assist in identifying samples
associatedl^b each methodifenk.            "
        ,;J|-J-              !«.•>*

Verify
calibration chi
analytical
                                                'after the initial calibration or before a valid
                            ard and before the final PVS analysis at the conclusion of the
                                t the instrument blanks met the specified criteria.
          apriate blanks •
        should use professic
     aed.  The reviewer may:
    ation should be brought
        Det
        sample is less"5
        than one blank is
             case of blank:
               md results;
                      at analyzed with the frequency as described above, then the data
                      judgement to determine if the associated sample data should be
                       to obtain additional information from the laboratory.  The
                        attention of the TPO.

                        depends on the circumstances and the origin of the blank.
                        be reported unless the concentration of the compound in the
                     five times (5x) the amount in the blank.  In instances where more
                    ith a given sample, qualification should be based upon a comparison
                    ig the highest concentration of a contaminant.  The sample results
        with the associated b
        must not be corrected by subtracting the blank value.

        If any blank criterion was not met, the associated field sample data may need to be qualified for
        usability purposes.  Some data qualifications may be performed automatically through QTM
                                               138
                                                                               Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                                          PEST-Q
       Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation (CADRE) or CADRE supplemented with manual
       reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify the electronically reported sample results conservatively, that
       is, based on a "worst case" situation.  CADRE will qualify data as Indicated in Table 5. The
       criterion, "*" for professional judgement, should be examined
       qualification is warranted.  Manual reviews of hardcopy data
       verify and confirm the results of the CADRE review.  The
       qualifying sample data utilizing CADRE and for hardcopy
                                                          ,e if a less stringent
                                                          be performed in order to
                                                          »ns are suggested for
        1.
CADRE-Assisted Data Review
               a.
               b.
       Any target compound detected in
       associated blank, is qualified as
       than five times (5x) the blank
       greater than five times (5x) th<
       Positive sample results less than
       than the CRQL are reported as not
                      The reviewer should note that analyte conrcntra^piS: calculated for method
                      blanks may not involve the same weights, voliimes, br^ife^|ion factors as the
                      associated samples. Jfte§ti£agx)rs must be taken into coafideration when applying
                      the "5x" criteria, sucft:aiiii
-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                                   PEST-Q
                      for this detennination should be provided in the nanattve accompanying the
                      Regional Data Assessment Summary.
                      If gross contamination existed (e.g., saturated
                      the associated samples should be qualified as
                      This should be noted for TPO action if the c
                      an effect on the sample results.
                                              i), all affected compounds in
                                                le (R), due to interference.
                                                     is suspected of having
               d.      If inordinate amounts of other target compounds were found
                      blank(s), it may be indicative of a prolileM and should be noted :
                      judgement should be used to de
                      any positive compound identification^
If an instrument blank was not ana||zed following a sample analysis which
contained an analyte(s) at high c|iisentration(s), simple analysis results after the
high concentration sample must|jS|evaluated fo|pinyover. Professional
                                      : ms^ipent cross-contamination affected
                                      lta®iiiitient cross-contamination should
be noted for TPO action if the cross-contaii|ia|K)n is suspected of having an
effect on the sample results.
        The following are examples of app]
may warrant deviations from these guidelim
               Example 1:
        Sample result
        of the blank res
                                                             circumstances
is less than the 5x multiple
                                     Blank Result '•
                                          ie Result
                                            ed Sample
               Example 2:
                                                 sample results less than 5.0 (or 5 x 1.0) would be
                                                          (J).
            tie result is less than the CRQL, and is also less than the 5x multiple
                  : result
                                     CRQL
                                     Sample Result
                                     Final Sample Result
                                             1.0
                                             0.5
                                             0.4J
                                             0.5U
                                    -%%
                              Sampleiiesult is greater than the 5x multiple of the blank result.
                                           Result
                                      CRQL
                                      Sample Result
                                      Reported Sample Result
                                              1.0
                                              0.5
                                             20.0
                                             20.0
                                      In this case, the sample result exceeded the adjusted blank result
                                      (5 x 1.0) and the sample result is not qualified.
                                               140
                                                                 Draft  8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                                                PEST-Q
       The following table summarizes the laboratory blank criteria
for all associated field samples.
                                                               data qualification guidelines
         BLANKS
                                 NOT
                              QUALIFIED

 ALL LABORATORY BLANKS
 METHOD BLANK
        Target compounds
                            > 5 x Blank

  1st INSTRUMENT BLANK
        Target compounds
                                                       Level
 SUBSEQUENT
                            BLANK
        Target compo

                                               5 x Blank Level
*  Use professional judgement.
** If the SMC recovery in the methi
   200 percent, t
   50 -150 pej
*** If sampleJeiKit is also lessHHR£|lQL, report^as not detected (U).
                                       instrument blank was less than 20 percent or greater than
                                            qualified if the SMC in the field sample is outside
                                          141
                                                                              Draft  8/94

-------
                                                                                        PEST-Q
A.

B.
D.
                                  VI.  System Monitor Compound
Review Items:   Form QI-PEST, Form QII-PEST, Form Qin-PESp, and sample and blank data.

Objective
                                                     •v?         -^
Laboratory performance on individual samples is established by means of
field and QC samples and blanks are spiked with an SMC prior to sample extf
        evaluation of the recovery result of the SMC is not necessarily straightforward. Ttieli^ fample
        itself may produce effects due to such factors as intej^eences and high concentrations oiliirget
        and/or non-target analytes.  Since the effects of thejiiiple matrix aje frequently outside the
        control of the laboratory and may present relatiyj^onique problejipthe evaluation and review of
        data based on specific sample results is frequenll|f|}|jective an(||jpinands analytical experience
        and professional judgement Accordingly, this seoi^||^ists,|pianarily of guidelines.
        Criteria

        1.



        2.


        3.



        4.
        5.
       A single SMC, decachlorobiphenyl, added to all field and
       matrices to assess extraction J0I^K5k calculate the RRT
       identification, and assess
        Recoveries for the SMC in
        limits of 50 -150 percent
                              SP" *jj' **A < S*

                    QC sampjisland bl;
                            j-~\>^ ""
                                               les and blanks for all
                                               for compound
                           lould be within the advisory
        The SMC recovery in the field samp!
        percent HowevergjfcfejSMC recovery
        or equal to 20jjji^idM^ess than or
        To use
        than or
  compound
to 10 percent
 lute RT
     less thai*
                              less than 10 percent or greater than 200
                               samples and blanks must be greater than
                               200 percent
itification purp^|es, the SMC recovery must be greater
less than or equal to 200 percent for field sample
                itification purposes if the SMC recovery
               than 200 percent, or if interferences are
      ation

        Check raw data to
             (Form QI-F
              Qm-PEST).
            I
            ,*
        Chec!
                                        ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT calculated during
                                         SMC percent recovery is zero or if interferences with
                                            is not evaluated.
                                     pie SMC recovery and RT shift on the Pesticide Analysis Data
                                       e LCS Data Sheet (Form QH-PEST), and the PVS Data Sheet
                                        for any calculation or transcription errors.

                                         • was calculated correctly by using the following equation:
                                     % Recovery = —5. x 100%
                                                  "ji
                                               142
                                                                               Draft 8/94

-------
System Monitor Compound
                                                                                      PEST-Q
              where:
                             QD as Quantity determined by analysis

                             QA = Quantity added to samples/blankg
       3.      Check that the SMC RT shift was calculated co
                                                                 following equation:
 E.
                                          ST - 1ST
                                                  *x 100%
              where:
              RTS - Retention time shift

              RTS — Retention time of the
                     subsequent calibration
Action
                                                                     QC sample, blank, or
                      RTC = Mean retention time of the SMC
                                                           most recent initial calibration
                                                   • of the pesticide SMCf^s less than 10 percent
                                                             5ed if the SMC RT shift exceeded
Held sample data are qualified
or greater than 200 percent  Reid
± 1.0 percent
                                   •4 ^        j^r
if any SMC criterion was not met, the assorted fie^Sinple data may need to be qualified for
usability purposes.  Some data quaMcatfonJifpr bfjpffbrmed automatically through QTM
Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation^^ptE) or CADRE supplemented with manual
reviews.  QTM CADRE wu^ftualify the electtoniifiy reported sample results conservatively, that
is, based on a "worst caiM^i^H^CADRE will ^q%Jify data as indicated in Table 6.  The
criterion "** for pro^^Sju^^^l should be ra^totted to determine if a less stringent
        qualification is
        verify and co
        qualifying samp
                        Manual r
                    results of the
                    utilizing CA
        1.
        CADRE-Assis
Review
       |ws of hardcoplljata should also be performed in order to
        >RE review. The following actions are suggested for
                      hardcopy data reviews.
                      If the
                       qualifiers
                       percent or
                       sections).
                                       in a field sample was outside of the advisory limit of
                                          er than or equal to 10 percent and less than or
                                          associated sample data may be used without
                              the associated QC sample or blank SMC recovery is less than 20
                               than 200 percent (see Table 6 and QC samples and blank
                                      the SMC was greater than 200 percent in a field sample, then
                                       t   data should be qualified.  The positive results in the
                                       should be qualified as estimated (J) and the non-detected
                                     not qualified (see Table 6).
                       H th£HS|lp recovery in a QC sample or blank was less than 20 percent or greater
                       than 200^percent, then the field sample data should be qualified if the SMC in the
                       field sample is outside 50 -150 percent recovery. The positive results and non-
                       detect data in the associated sample should be qualified as estimated (T for
                       detects or "UP for non-detects) or rejected (R) (see Table 6).
                                               143
                                                                              Draft  8/94

-------
System Monitor Compound
                                                                  PEST-Q
                      If the recovery of the SMC was less than 10 percent in a field sample, or if
                      interferences are present, then the laboratory should have used absolute retention
                      times for identification of compounds and the data Should be qualified. The
                      positive results and non-detect data in the associated sample should be qualified
                      as estimated (T for detects or "UJ" for non-detecis) or rejected (R) (see Table
                      6).                                       '**1"  •"
                      If the SMC RT was not within ± 1.0 percent of the meari^^|y|LT calculated
                      from the initial calibration for any QC sample or blank, the ai&xSated field
                      sample data may need to be qualMed«§lae associated field sample^iimre
                      qualified using professional judgemep^s rejected (R) or presumptively fiesent
                      (N) (see Table 6 and QC samples ap^blank sections).
               Hardcopy Manual Data Review
                      If the SMC RT exceeded ± 1.0 perce«loJ|tM|pean SMC RT calculated during
                      the initial calibration for any field sample, %ie^ample should have been
                      immediately reanalyzed. If the SMC RT was stri|ptside criteria upon reanalysis,
                      then the data should be qualified. The sample datl sli&uid be qualified using
                      professional judgemejitia&sejected (R) or presumptive^ ptesent (N), as defined in
               b.
Table 6. NOTE:
the SMC were presen1

Extreme or repeated
TPO action.
                                                               was zero, or if interferences with
with SMC recoveries should be noted for
                                              144
                                                                Draft 8/94

-------
System Monitor Compound
                                           PEST-Q
                                           TABLE 6
       The following table summarizes the SMC criteria and the data qui&fication guidelines for all
associated field samples.                                        "^ %
SMC
NOT
QUALIFIED
J
•< ", \ -
\, 'J. >*^
R-ll
N
""•"• '-' >^^
% RECOVERY - FIELD SAMPLES ,ff' ***'
Detects
Non-detects
10-200%
* 10%
^I^J0 mcy .
^?^T> ll/Wj
<'!s^|
% RECOVERY - BLANKS AND QC SAMPLES ** <
Detects
Non-detects
RTS - FIELD SAMPLES
RTS - QC SAMPLES
.,^1

•*$•
*20%L
*«s,'^,
± 1.0%^
*, ,<
± 1.0%
f^^
*,"«.-uv.
<20%;
fe,^|,JpO%
"'^If^^ll
^ .^
•Vv«j|^''
'l?,^.
7,!-V
_|^fr
? < 10%*


>;:ite ,
-"^i|,
^^^10%
> L5% *;
< - 1.5% *
> 1.5% *;
< - 15% *


± 1.1 - 15% *
± 1.1 - 15% *
* Use professional judgeme
** If the SMC recoveiy in |»D sample or
  then the field sample |i|Et should be qi
  recovery.
was less than 20 percent or greater than 200 percent,
  the SMC in the field sample is outside 50 -150 percent
                                             145
                                                                                   Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                        PEST-Q
                                vn. Laboratory Control Samples
A.

B.
Review Items:   Form QII-PEST, Form QI-PEST, and laboratorj^epntrol sample (LCS) data.
D.
Objective
       Data for LCS are generated to provide information on the accuracy of the
       laboratory performance.
       Criteria

       1.     An LCS must be prepared and extracted

       2.
                                                                           method and
       3.


       4.

       5.
       An LCS must be analyzed once per ma
       instrument
       The LCS must contain pesticide target compounds at si
       addition to the required SMC.
                             matrix for each Batch of samples.
                                   &$$•'
                                  .f«r-
                             tch pet;24-hour analytical sequence per
                                          own concentrations, in
       The recoveries for the LCS
                              ithin 30 - 130 percent
       The RRT or absolute RT, wrdcleier applies, fifpll LCS compounds must faU within the
       windows established during the initial calibnAa". The absolute RT window is ± 1
       6.
        7.
               percent of the mean RT calculat
               window is ± 0.005 RRT units of the
               calibration standards.
       The RT of
       established

       TheS:
       the SMC
       or equal to
    must l||dthin ± 1.0
ig the mitiajppflibration.
                                                    initial calibration standards. The RRT
                                                 T calculated from the three initial
at of the mean RT of the SMC
                           iry criterion of 50 -150 percent  However,
                           than or equal to 20 percent and less than
        3.

        4.
        5.
                          iles were extracted and analyzed at the required frequency and that
                             each Batch, for each matrix, and for each analytical sequence.

                                recovery on Form QII-PEST and verify that the results for
                                 percent

                               raw data and calculations.

                             absolute RT, whichever applies, for all LCS compounds are within
        the wmdow^ll|iaBlphed during the initial calibration. The absolute RT window is ± 1
        percent of th'PijsIn RT calculated from the three initial calibration standards. The RRT
        window is ± 0.005 RRT units of the mean RRT calculated from the three initial
        calibration standards.

        Check that the LCS recovery was calculated correctly by using the following equation:
                                              146
                                                                              Draft  8/94

-------
Laboratory Control Samples
                                                                         PEST-Q
                                    % Recovery
                                        100%
              where:
                             QD = Quantity determined

                             QA = Quantity added
E.     Action
       If any LCS criterion was not met, the associated fi<
       usability purposes.  Some data qualifications may
       Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation
       reviews. QTM CADRE will qualify the electroni
       is, based on a "worst case" situation. CADRE will
       criterion, "*"  for professional judgement, should be exami
       qualification is warranted. Manual reviews of hardcopy data
       verify and confirm the results of the CADRE review. The fo
                                           iple data may need to be qualified for
                                              ied automatically through QTM
                                            or CA^pE supplemented with manual
                                                 '*'" ' le results conservatively, that
                                                   indicated in Table 7.  The
                                                            if a less stringent
                                                         be performed in order to
                                                             are suggested for
       qualifying sample data utilizing CADJ
                                    hardcopy manual data renews.
       1.
CADRE-Assisted Data Revie
               b.
                      If the SMC recovery in
                      percent, then the LCS
                      the SMC recovery criteria'
                                     the field sampj
                                        . -150 percent
                      dataJfjpe assooa^sample data:
                      or jfUffar non-deteo&Si or rejected
                      thl
                                            than 20 percent or greater than 200
                                            samples should have been reanalyzed. If
                                         : upon reanalysis, or the reanalysis was not
                                         should be qualified if the SMC in the field
                                               The positive results and non-detect
                                            1 be qualified as estimated ("J" for detects
                                               i Table 7).

                                         • applies, for an LCS compound(s) is outside
                                        aitial calibration, then the outlier
      RRTor
            estabf
compoHS3|s!i »in the associated field sample should be qualified.  The qualitative
data (positivej|leatifications and non-detected analytes) may not be accurate
because of mc6iieei»elative and absolute retention times. The positive result and
                                in the
                                unds shi
                      If the LCS
                      qualify sampl
                      solution.  If
                      may be q
                                 sample data for that LCS compound(s) and all non-
                                 [ualified using professional judgement as rejected (R)
                       present (N), as defined in Table 7.

                         criteria were not met, then the LCS results should be used to
                         for the specific compounds that are included in the LCS
                          recovery is out on the high end, detected target compounds
                       'J." If the LCS recovery is out on the low end, detected target
                      be qualified "J" and non-detects may be qualified estimated (UJ)
                    .) (see Table 7).  Professional judgement should be used to qualify
                         other than those compounds that are included in the LCS.
                 in for non-LCS compounds should take into account the compound
       class, compound recovery efficiency, analytical problems  associated with each
       compound, and comparability in performance of the LCS compound to the non-
       LCS compound.
                                              147
                                                                       Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Control Samples
                                                              PEST-Q
              d.     If the SMC RT of the LCS was not within ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT
                     calculated from the initial calibration, then the associated field sample data may
                     need to be qualified. The associated field sample ;f      "  ft  ,
                                                           *'•           ^v -^ fj*&,
                                                                      v^:«'-:&v
              TPO action should be noted if a laboratory failed to analyze an LCS
              the reviewer has knowledge that a laboratory isistently fails to genera
              recoveries.
                                           TABLET
                                                           Batch, or if
                                                             ible LCS
       The following table summarizes the LCS criteria
associated field samples.
                                             ition guidelines for all
        LCS
   NOT
QUALIFIED
                     N
  % RECOVERY
         Detects
 30 - 130%
         Non-detects
     30%
< 10%
  SMC % RECOVERY **
  RRT AND
                        Tn T1* ^L
                        J\l. 21
                                   RRT:> 0.01;
                                  < - 0.01 units *
                                   RT: > 10%;
                                    < - 2.0% *
               RRT: ± 0.006 -
                 0.01 units *
              RT: ± 1.1 - 2.0% *
                       RRT: ± 0.
                           units
                                                     RRT:> 0.005;
                                                    < - 0.005 units *
                                                      RT: > 1.0%;
                                                      < - 1.0 % *
 *  Use professional judgem
 ** If the SMC recovery in the DCS was less than 20 percent or greater than 200 percent,
    then the field sample data should be qualified if the SMC in the field sample is outside 50 -150
    percent recovery.
 *** LCS compound(s) and all non-LCS compounds.
                                              148
                                                            Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                        PEST-Q
                             Regional Quality Assurance and Quality Control
A.

B.
D.
E.
Review Items:   Form QI-PEST and quality control sample da

Objective
Regional Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC) refers to any
by the Region, including field duplicates, Regional Performance Evaluation
                                                              t the use
spikes, and blind blanks. It is highly recommended th;

Criteria

Criteria are determined by each Region.
                                            "s '•M
1.      PE sample frequency may vary.            "^"Is^

2.      The analytes present in the PE sample must be
Evaluation
       Evaluation procedures must follow the Rjepon's s
       review.  Each Region will handle the evalaaton of P
       PE samples should be compared to the
Action

Any action must be
sample results.  U:
                                                                                 ir QC initiated
                                                                                    ties, blind
                                                                          and quantified.
                        rdanceti^i Regional
                      table resultllor PE samples
                                                                  ure (SOP) for data
                                                    pies on an individual basis.  Results for
                                                    for the specific PE samples, if available.
                                                          tions and the criteria for acceptable PE
                                                           d be noted for TPO action.
                                              149
                                                                              Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                           PEST-Q
                                      IX. Analytical Sequence
A.      Review Items: Form QVI-PEST.

B.      Objective

        The objective of the analytical sequence is to ensure that adequate calibratioi land QC measures
        are applied to sample analyses.
        Criteria

        1.
        3.
The analytical sequence consists of the fgOpring
calibration or a daily calibration is perfcj

Initial calibration analytical sequence:
                       initial three-point calibration;
                       instrument blank;
                       LCS;
                       method blank;
                       field sample(s);
                       instrument blank(s);
                       PVS.
                Daily calibration analytical sequence:
                                                               on whether an initial
                Each sample within a
                             .11 be analyzed on a GC system meeting the initial
                                id calibration|gt&ck standard technical acceptance criteria.
                                ' ••-          ^^A.**^"1                       *
                                              *  "
     sample wi
blank, and after an
                Each sample within a
                 ith an acceptable i
                         because of
                         hours
                Eachsamf"
                required
                       itch shall be analyzed after an acceptable method and instrument
                       itable LCS.
                          shall be run within a valid analytical sequence that concludes
                         ient blank and an acceptable PVS. If a PVS reanalysis is
                        .-compliant PVS analysis, the PVS reanalysis must be started
                        stan of the current analytical sequence.
                   a Batch shall be analyzed and results reported within the contract
                    times.
                                                 150
                                                                          Draft 8/94

-------
Analytical Sequence
                                                                         PEST-Q
D.     Evaluation

       Review the Form QVI-PEST to ensure that the proper analytical ^gaence was followed and that
       data from all the required analyses are present               ff;
E.     Action
       If any analytical sequence criterion was not met, the associated field sample
       qualified for usability purposes. Some data qualifica
       QTM Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluatio:
       manual reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify the
       conservatively, that is, based on a Vorst case" sii
       also be performed in order to verify and coi
       actions are suggested for qualifying sample data ul
       reviews.
                                              ay be performed au
                                             >RE) or CADRE supple
                                         inically reported sample results
                                           Manual nfe^ws of hardcopy data should
                                            Its of tMifiEADRE review.  The following
                                                   and for hardcopy manual data
       1.
CADRE-Assisted Data Review

CADRE will qualify all sam;
properly followed. NOTE:
analytical sequence does not
sequence non-compliance as s
analyzed during an analytical seq
qualified "J" as specified above
guidelines as specified in the LCS
                                                   : data "J" if the analytical sequence was not
                                                              . qualification for a non-compliant
                                                                     alion because of analytical
                                                           ions.  For'example, if an LCS is not
                                                           ted sample and blank data would be
                                                           qualified "R" in accordance with the
                            : sequence wa^tot followed, thlea the data analyzed during this sequence
                            ; qualified. Tb&associated sample data should be qualified using
                           |dgement as efc^$^|^ed (R).
                                              151
                                                                       Draft  8/94

-------
                         X.  Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
                                                                                         PEST-Q
A.      Review Items:  Form QI-PEST and sample data.

B.      Objective
          J
                                                                "
The objective of sample analysis data review is to ensure that qualitative
for field samples are accurate.
                                                                                ntitative results
        Criteria

        1.
       4.
        5.
        6.
       7.
       The SMC must be used as the RT mar]
       identification. The SMC is also be
               The RT for the SMC must be within ± 1.0
               during the initial calibration.
       3.      The advisory limit for the SMC recovery is 50 -150 perceni
       The SMC recovery must
       200 percent in order to use
                                ion used for compound
                               m efficiency.
                                                          e mean SMC RT calculated
                        10 percent and less than or equal to
                                      SMC recovery is
                                    percent, the
               greater than or equal to 10 percent and less ti
               identification window is ± 0.005 RpT umtsjjjphe mean RRT for each target compound
               calculated during the initial calibrati^  If |p recovery of the SMC is less than 10
               percent, greater than 200 percent, or il|i«llferences are present (but are adequately
               recovered in the methoj} J>lank), the absofctte RT of the compounds must be used for
               identification pui|oseii|||^e identifiratioi| |andow is ± 1.0 percent of the mean absolute
               RT for each eollpound cliilated from the'itijial calibration.
       TheRK
       must
absolute RT,
   thewini
    Itiever applies, for all positively identified target compounds
                 pig the initial calibration.
        Only one
        within an analyti
titation may be used for samples within a Batch and analyzed
                  amato
                ic laboratory si
               identifies compouni
               target compound res
               identification wini
                 target compound i<
                        peak over]
                          that el
                        -.**. K
               compounf """
                                        id chromatographic peaks are evident, or if any
                             overlap oii or more RRT and/or RT target compound windows,
                             the "E^i' flag on Form I to indicate this situation. The "E" flag
                              it exceed the calibration range and the "N" flag identifies positive
                                which the absolute or relative retention times are outside the
                                r example, if a large peak tail from a saturated peak elutes into
                               cation window, then that .target compound is flagged 'EJi" If a
                                 •e than one target compound window, then all target
                             ithin those windows which are obscured by the saturated peak are
                              saturated peak obscures the entire chromatogram, then all target
                          ;ed "E^T."
                                               152
                                                                               Draft  8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
                                                                                PEST-Q
D.
Evaluation
       1.
       Check the concentration in the sample using the following equation for external standards.
       The response can be measured by automated peak beighyir peak area measurements
       from an integrator.                                ^
                     Water:
                              Concentration in \ig/L =
                     Soil/Solid - (Wet weight basis): J

                                                  *j't&
                              Concentration in
              where:
              Ay  = response fo

              CFm = calibration tol||?stablished
                     calibration. NOT^pnly o;
                     samples within a
                     X.D.4).
                     V.
                                                           e of Otree techniques during the initial
                                                          thod of quantitation may be used for
                                                            within an analytical sequence (see
                                 « of extract injected (uL)
             Check the retention
                            juent si
                               itefol
                                   .TS) percent difference between the field and QC
                                     ajlyzed and the most recent initial calibration analyzed
                                       ition:
                                   n time shift % Difference

                               ention time of the SMC in a sample

                           Mean retention time of the SMC from the most recent initial calibration
                                            153
                                                                                   Draft 8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
                                                                           PEST-Q
               Check the RRT of a sample component or a standard using the following equation:
                                                                     <
                                       „„,- _ component RT        £,:?
                                                 SMC FT         .fll?
        5.
               The calibration factor for a compound may be call
                                            f        J        :•  .•    «    V. f 5, • ••
               data collected during an acceptable initial calibration. Only one of
               techniques listed below must be used for samples within a Batch and
               given analytical sequence.
                                                                             using
                                                                   aantitation
                                                                       within a
               a.      The calibration factors based on
                      This option may be used as
                      of the average of the high and

               b.      The mean calibration factor establish
                                           idpoint of the initial calibration curve.
                                          ie midpoint sapes are within ±  10 percent
                                          lint values. I
                                                   ' g
                                                    j:
                                                    e initial calibration.
                       The "K" curve (line segments) established dunn|ittipLal calibration. The segments
                       run from the low to the midpoint and from the mid 10 the high point calibration
                       mixtures. Many dataS^tems calculate "K" curves automatically.
                                        Cw*\^i^*^.*^1^^s«BL«™
               Compound quantitation is
               calibration.
Check the compound identification.
comparison of target compound
established during
                                             i^iacioiS established during the initial
                                             ',-'-*»VU«3s> sf-~-1            °
 id identifications are based on the
iples to compound identification windows
                                                   thari>|jfc equal to 10 percent and less than or equal
                                                        fied on the basis of RRT in all samples for
                                                           iter than or equal to 10 percent and less
                               chromatograms are identified as target compounds if
                                  ± 0.005 RRT units of the mean RRT of the
                                    during the initial calibration.

                           is less than 10 percent, greater than 200 percent, or if
                        present:

                        impounds are identified on the basis of absolute RT in all
                       for which the SMC recovery is less than 10 percent, greater than
                         it, or masked interferences.

                     in sample chromatograms are identified as target compounds if
                  eir absolute RT is within ± 1.0 percent of the mean RT of the
               compound established during the initial calibration.

Verify that the RRT or absolute RT, whichever applies, for all positively identified target
compounds are within the windows established during the initial calibration.
                       When SMC
                       interferences
                                                154
                                                                         Draft  8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
                                                                                        PEST-Q
       7.
               Verify that the "EJJ" flag was properly reported on Form I when saturated non-target
               compound chromatographic peaks are evident or if any chromatographic peaks overlap
               more than one RRT and/or RT target compound windows,!
               b.
                      If saturated chromatographic peaks outside
                      windows are evident, the nearest target comp&zni
                      Form I.
If chromatographic peaks overlap more than one target compo
RT windows are evident, the corresponding target compounds sho
"E^ST" on Form I.
                                                                      ipound RRT and/or RT
                                                                          be flagged "E,N" on
                                                                                     T and/or
                                                                                         igged
E.     Action

       If any qualitative and/or quantitative result verifical
       sample data may need to be qualified for usability pi
       performed automatically through QTM Computer-Aided
       or CADRE supplemented with manual reviews. QTM CAD!
       reported sample results conservatively, that is, based on a "worst
       qualify data as indicated in Table 8.
       examined to determine if a less
       data should also be performed in ordeipo verify ani
       The following actions are suggested for
       manual data reviews.
                                                                    not met, the associated field
                                                                   data qualifications may be
                                                                   lew and Evaluation (CADRE)
                                                                           the electronically
                                                                           ion. CADRE will
                                                     "*"  for professional ]ts|gement, should be
                                                                ted. Manual reviews of hardcopy
                                                                        of the CADRE review.
                                                                       CADRE and for hardcopy
       1.
               CADRE-Assisted Data Review
               a.
               b.
                              may be
                            : recovery oj
                                            a field sam|i| was not within 50 -150 percent but was
                                            10 percent afi$less than or equal to 200 percent, then
                                            1 without qualifiers (see Table 8).
                      prob]
                      unacceptati
                      data must be
                                  at or greater than 200 percent in the QC
                                   aple Batch is an indication that serious
                      All target co
                      calibration ra
                      calibration
                        ncentrati
                                       during the analysis. All samples associated with the
                                         iples or blanks must be reextracted and/or reanalyzed and the
                                           ;jither as estimated ("J" for detects or "UJ" for non-detects)
                                (R) (seel^lfLCS, and laboratory blank sections).
                                     lunds detected below the CRQL should be qualified as estimated
                                       id concentrations which exceeded the upper limit of the initial
                                      ind are less than or equal to two times (2x) the upper
               e.
                                     should be qualified as estimated (J).  Target compound
                                     -hich exceed two times (2x) the upper calibration range should be
                                      Table 8).

                      If more pan one method of quantitation is used for calculating the sample results
                      within a Batch, or to quantitate sample results from the same analytical sequence,
                      the associated sample results for that Batch should be qualified as estimated ("J"
                      for detects or "UJ" for non-detects).
                                              155
                                                                                      Draft  8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
                                                                    PEST-Q
               g-
Target compounds flagged "E^N" by the laboratory should be qualified as
presumptively present (N).
                                             #iliP
If the SMC recovery for a field sample was less than 10 percent or greater than
200 percent, then the data should be qualified,lliiiDatrix interferences obscure the
    *                             *       $$$%;&fff:&f. f,
detection and quantitation of the SMC, profa||ona|i|adgenient should be used to
qualify the data. If no matrix effects are evileait, the pos|ti?e results and non-
detect data in the affected sample should be qualified as esiliaaied (J or UJ for
non-detects) or rejected (R) (see Table 8). In addition, absolutlJREIJs should be
used for identifications.
                       If the RRT or absolute RT, whichever applies, for a positively identified target
                       compound(s) was outside the wi^itv established dMing the initial calibration,
                       then the outlier compound(s) shlii|dj>e qualifiedj lIThe qualitative data (positive
                       identifications) may not be accui^fe||<$qause ofpiijebrrect relative or absolute
                       retention times. The associated samplP||ij|i|^p||3ihat compound should be
                       qualified using professional judgement as''re|||Bed.,:(R) or presumptively present
                       (N), as defined in Table 8.                 ^
                       IftheSMCRTcritl
                       required to have
                       reanatysis or the sam]
                       be qualified. The
                       judgement as rejected (R
               Hardcopy Manual Data Review

               NONE
                               met for any field sample| the laboratory was
                                        the SMC RT was still out upon
                                                 affected sample data should
                                       uld be qualified using professional
                                      ;ly present (N), as defined in Table S.
                                                156
                                                                  Draft  8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
   PEST-Q
                                          TABLE 8
SAMPLE
SMC % RECOVERY
Detects
Non-detects
SMCRTS
No. of quantitation
methods
NOT
QUALIFIED

10 - 200%
2 10%
± 1.0%
1
RRT AND ABSOLUTE RT
Detects
Non-detects
Compound j
Concentration **|
Saturated/Overlapping
target compounA^f £11
1 s ^ s^B*1?*l^'~*^
peak(s) 4J|p>
RRT: ±
0.005 units
RT: ± 1.0%
NQ*«i»fc
,.&.. &.&* £»? ft^^Mv^-h
JJHofcediNiJ
t« upper
,„, Calibration
™! /< 1 • 	 "*.
>™ **! «\i. xlZQJtl •.'
""^^^'"SSSx
^ ^v.' &>•?<•
^=c'^
•*. " *^
J
R ^||l
, |,r
' • •• „* ^
*.,
%%i N
Sgjj > ^•JS^.'-X. X ii
" '^-^-y^
E
'"^^fcu
< 10%;
>200%
< 10%* jf
"^
•'i.
> 1
/isp)?
•1*?'
^iv^'^
;"|" < 10%* i

"*%
"
SlsJ
?± 1.1 - 1.5% *
le-.
'^1:1-



''<^'
'^1% """^'^
"U fe-* ^
J;f s ; ^
'•s
limit
*v
•S^ j. N.
^B > 2.0%;
^ - ZO % *
-•''''" &
^l~i
'"
^X^^^^ftjO-
^ft4< -h ?T
ai"-'

;|i5RT: ± 0.006
^OJOl units *
RT: ± 1.1 -
2.0%*


"E,N"


>2x
upper
calibration
limit

* Use pro:
                                            157
Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                              PCB-Q
              8. AROCLOR AND TOXAPHENE (PCB) DATA REVIEW
The Aroclors and toxaphene (PCB) QTM data requirements to be checked are listed below and
                                               S)
described in the following sections.



       I.      Technical Holding Time



       n.     Initial Calibration



       III.    Calibration Check



       IV.    Performance Verification Stani



       V.     Laboratory Blanks           M*'*-
                                        "^~&


       VI.    System Monitor Compound (SMC)



       VII.    Laboratory Control Samples (LCS)



       VIE.   Regional Quality Asssfance and Quality Control



       DC    Analytical Sequence"!^!,    * **"*^^^%'t|S|



       X.     Qualitative and Quantitatifw Results ifirification
                                      158
                                                                            Draft  8/94

-------
                                                                                         PCB-Q
                                   I. Technical Holding Time
D.
E.
       Review Items:  Form QIA-PCB, EPA Traffic Report/Chain-of-Cusaody form, sample extraction
                      sheet, and Batch Narrative.
B.     Objective
                                                               ical holding time o:
                                                                         criteria
                                                                            The objective
                                                                                 ile from
                                                     ~V^.'~
The QTM requires significantly faster sample analysis and turnaround timesf
presented in this section are intended to represent "technical" evaluation gui
is to determine the acceptability of results based on
the time of collection to the time of extraction and
                                             f
Criteria
       Technical requirements for sample holding times ia||;|een established only for water matrices.
       The holding times for soils (and other non-aqueous ifiatrl^,Sfcai as sediments, oily wastes, and
       sludge) are currently under investigation. When the resuhsi ^available they will be incorporated
       into the data evaluation process. Additionally, results of holdiigi;|ime studies will be incorporated
       into the data review criteria as the studies are conducted and
The holding time criteria for water
Water Act), is as follows:

       For semivolatile compounds in
       is 7 days from sample collection to
       analysis.
It is recommended that
days of sample col

Evaluation
                                                           .e current 40 CFR Part 136 (Clean
                                                           ^
                                                            ter samples, the maximum holding time
                                                          id 40 days from sample extraction to
                                                           [ueous samples be extracted within 14
                                                           40 days of extraction.
        Technical holding times are checked 1^ compariog the date of sample collection on the QTM
        Traffic Report/Cham-M||||Egdy (TR/COC) form with the dates of extraction and analysis on the
        sample extraction and anaiys|f||eets (Form QIA-PCB). To determine if the samples were
        analyzed within the holding tim^p^|extraction, compare the dates of extraction on the sample
                               dates aTOMfe.™ Form QIA-PCB.

                                      that the samples were received intact and iced.  If the samples
                                     iroblems with the samples upon receipt, the sample condition
       t iced or there
      affect the data.
        If any teciiictl holding time||perion was not met, the associated field sample data may need to
        be quaMed ra|:li||bjlity psai|pses. Some data qualifications may be performed automatically
        through QTM C^^l^^fted Data Review and Evaluation (CADRE) or CADRE supplemented
        with manual reviews^lftpt CADRE will qualify the electronically reported sample results
        conservatively, that is, based on a "worst case" situation. CADRE will qualify data as indicated in
                                              159
                                                                               Draft  8/94

-------
Technical Holding Time
                                                                           PCB-Q
       Table 1.  Manual reviews of hardcopy data should also be performed in order to verify and
       confirm the results of the CADRE review.  The following actions are suggested for qualifying
       sample data utilizing CADRE and for hardcopy manual data reviews.
       1.
CADRE-Assisted Data Review
               a.
               b.
       If technical holding times were exceeded,
       and sample quantitation limits as estimat
                                                   results as estimated "J"
       If technical holding times were grossly exceeded, the revie
       professional judgement to determine ^^reliability of the data anllithe potential
       effects of exceeding holding times OBJIbe sample results.  The revieweSfsaty
       determine that positive results or the associated quantitation limits are
       approximations and should be qaftpied with "J" oifSUJ," respectively. The
       reviewer may determine that no|||etect data shoala be rejected (R) (see Table 1).
                      Due to limited information concernm||^^^limes for non-aqueous samples, it
                      is left to the discretion of the data revieweri&apply water holding time criteria to
                      non-aqueous matrices. Professional judgement isi^uired to evaluate holding
                      times for non-aqueous samples. NOTE: QTM CAlll^currently qualifies all non-
                      aqueous field samples-pine the water holding time criteria.
                                      * «-^"ST5T":'Y -,.            °
                                         ?
               Hardcopy Manual Data Review

               a.
When technical holding
review narrative.
                                                 are
               b.
                                           led, this should be noted in the data
                                             should comment, whenever possible, on
                                            ing the holding time.
In the data review narrative,
the effecsifilie'l^sulting data
                                            TABLE 1
                                            K-^V-*.-.. g$
       The following table suio^eizes the technical holding time criteria and the data qualification
guidelines for all associated field samples,
                                OT OUAH
  SAMPI
   ACTION
                                      7 days
                                           > 7 days
                                      7 days
                                          7 -14 days
                                                          > 14 days
  SAMPLE ANALl
         Detects
                    0-40 days
                                   > 40 days
         Non-detects
                    0-40 days
                                  40 -60 days
> 60 days
                                               160
                                                                       Draft  8/94

-------
                                                                                           PCB-Q
                                       D. Initial Calibration

A.      Review Items:   Form QIVA-PCB, Form QIVB-PCB, and initial calibration standards data.

B.      Objective
        Compliance requirements for satisfactory instrument calibratiosiie ^established to ensure that the
        instrument is capable of producing acceptable qualitative aBdjquantitatiye data for PCB target
        compounds.  An initial three-point calibration is performed to detennme
        for all target compounds and to demonstrate that the instrument is capable
        performance.

        Criteria
        1.
                                                                    ity of response
                                                                       acceptable
Three initial calibration standards con
Compound (SMC) are analyzed at low
- 5000 ng/mL) concentrations at the beginnin
maintenance has been performed (e.g., column o
daily calibration check or other criteria are not met TMlranaining Aroclors and
toxaphene are analyzed at a single concentration as shown below.
                                                           and the System Monitor
                                                        (500 ng/mL), and high (2500
                                                         whenever major instrument
                                                     replacement), or whenever the
               The following Aroclor tarj
               calibration standards.  Calib
               determined for each Aroclor
               standards. NOTE: The high com
               required in the method; a higher
               linearity requirements can be demo;
                                          ition
              Standard
                                             SMC are required in the initial
                                                      Jibration factors are
                                                         the initial calibration
                                   ition stabaard is the minimum concentration
                                    tratioa level may be used if the method specified
                                                       Concentration
                                                         (ng/mL)
              Aroclor

              Aroclor 1

              Aroclor 1232

              Aroclor 1242
The percent relative
    e Aroclor 1016
                    3 Leveflp-     Decachlorobiphenyl    3 Levels

                     2Qfc>l. '^Ifcssporobiphenyl      20

                                  Decachlorobiphenyl      20

                                  Decachlorobiphenyl      20

                                  Decachlorobiphenyl      20

                                  Decachlorobiphenyl      20

                                  Decachlorobiphenyl      20
                                          deviation (%RSD) of the three calibration factors for each
                                      260 quantitation peaks and the SMC from the three initial
                                      t be less than or equal to 25.0 percent

                                  area or peak height may be used to calculate the calibration factors
                      thati;a|||p turn, used to calculate %RSD. However, the type of peak
                      measurement used to calculate each calibration factor for a given compound must
                      be consistent  For example, if peak area is used to calculate the low point
                      calibration factor for Aroclor  1016, then the mid and high point calibration
                      factors for Aroclor 1016 must also be calculated using peak area.
                                               1(1
                                                                        Draft 8/94

-------
Initial Calibration
                                                                                    PCB-Q
D.
4.       The retention time (RT) of the SMC in each initial calibration standard must be within
        ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT calculated from the 1016/1260 initial calibration
        standards.  NOTE: The mean SMC RT is calculated from the 1016/1260 initial calibration
        standard analyses.                                     <
                                                          x/*-
5.       The peak resolution (% valley) between adjacent peaksM Aroclors 1016 and 1260 must
        be evaluated.

Evaluation


                                                                                     •500
               Verify that the correct calibration standard coafientrations were used for
               calibration (i.e., 100, 500, and 2500-5000 ng^ailj for Aroclors 1016 and 1260, a
               ng/mL for the other standards).
               Evaluate the CFs and mean CFs for
               the following equations:
                           Calibration Factor =
                                                                iunds and the SMC, using
                                                   Mass injected
               and
               where:
                       CF = mean of three initial
        3.
        Evaluate'
        and the SM
                                                on factors (1016/1260 only)
quantitation peaks for Aroclor 1016/1260
                       Check and
                                    the %RSD for each of the 5 quantitation peaks for
                        1016 anlNl^ind the SMC; verify that the recalculated values agree
                             itory re|il||a values using the following equations:


                                 %RSD= 22 x  100%
                                         SD
                                                  1*1
                                                   (n-1)
                       where:
                               SD = Standard deviation
                                                162
                                                                                 Draft 8/94

-------
Initial Calibration
                                                                                   PCB-Q
E.
       4.
       5.
       7.
                              x = MeanCF

               b.      Verify that the %RSD values for all quantitation peaks and the SMC meet the
                      criterion of less than or equal to 25.0 percent N^e, those quantitation peaks or
                      the SMC which have a  %RSD greater than 25.0:i«rcent
        Verify that the RT of the SMC in each calibration si
        the mean SMC RT calculated from the 1016/1260 i
                                           jUs within ± 1.0 percent of
                                       calibtaioii standards.
        Evaluate the peak resolution (% valley) according to the following
                   Percent Valley = Beigl* 
-------
Initial Calibration
                                                                           PCB-Q
       If peak resolution for the peak pair exceeded the criterion, the positive field
       sample results should be qualified using professional judgement as estimated (J)
       or presumptively present (N). Target compound quantitation peaks that would
       elute in the region of coelution in the initial calibration may not be valid
       depending on the extent of the coelution problem^ Professional judgement should
       be used to qualify non-detected target compoundsias rejected (R) or
       presumptively present (N), if coelution probk^atf ^evident (see Table 2).

c.      If the SMC RT was outside ± 1.0 percent of the mean SM<|§
       sample data should be qualified.  The qualitative data  (positive
       non-detected anatytes) may not be accaiate due to incorrect reteri
       the associated field sample data shoalibe qualified using professio:
       as rejected (R) or presumptively pJBSjKnt (N), as defined in Table 2.

Hardcopy Manual Data Review
               a.
               b.
                                                                                 .then the field
                                                                                      [cations and
                                                                                            and
                                                                                          ement
        If the initial calibration sequence was
        judgement must be used to evaluate the
        sample data.
                                              as required, then professional
                                            ^;he non-compliance on the
        Potential effects on
        noted in the data r
        laboratory has
                            data due to problems wftHealibration should be
                                          reviewer has knowledge that the
                       failed to!861^i^lp|^;pquirements for frequency,
linearity, retention tMe|^resolutionJlie' dala^revSswer should notify the TPO.
                              •*^.
        If retention time windows
        and use the new values for
               d.
        If stan
                   ition catena
                      e data and
        The following table summai
                                                             ted correctly, recalculate the windows
not met, use professional judgement to
   the TPO.
guidelines for all associated field sam
                          initial calibration criteria and the data qualification
               TION
             QUA
                                                                    R
                                                                       N
                                25,1
                                > 25.0% *
         Non-dete
                              25.1 - 35.0% *
                                          > 35.0% *
  SMCRTS
                                                 > 1.5% *;
                                                 < -\JS% *
                                                          ± 1.1 - 1.5% *
 * Use professional judgement
                                               164
                                                                         Draft  5/94

-------
                                                                                           PCB-Q
A.

B.
D.
                                      m.  Calibration Check
Review Items:  Form QV-PCB, Form QI-PCB, and calibration cheek standard data.
Objective
        Compliance requirements for satisfactory instrument calibration are est
        instrument is capable of producing acceptable qualitative and quantitative
        check is performed at the beginning of each 24-hour analytical sequence to
        calibration is still valid and to verify that the performasee of the instrument is
        day-to-day basis.
        Criteria
        1.
       A calibration check standard is the mid-li
       containing both Aroclors 1016 and 1260 and
       each 24-hour analytical sequence prior to the
       QC samples.
                                                                         to ensure that the
                                                                           tie calibration
                                                                               the initial
                                                                                  •on a
               The percent difference (%D)
               peak from the initial calit
                         ion standard (500 ng/mL)
                        is analyzed at the beginning of
                          method blank and field and
                                           the mean calibration factor ior each quamitation
                                                   lion factor from the calibration check
       standard must be within ± 3S%ercent"fof                    1260 quantitation peaks
       and the SMC NOTE: The mea^jSMC caUbraj^'factorll^culated from the 1016/1260
       initial calibration standard;
       3.
       4.
       The retention time of the SMC in the
       percent of the mean SMC RT calculate
                check standard must be within ± 1.0
              the 1016/1260 initial calibration.
       The RRT or absolute Rl
       quantitatioglplks must:
       The absojlpRT window is,
       initial cafflation standard;
       calculated'ttofethe low i
     applies^ for all calibration check 1016/1260
  . the wmdowslestablished during the initial calibration.
I percent of the RT calculated from the low concentration
         adow is ± 0.005 RRT units of the RRT
       5.
                                                        calibration standards.
       The peak resolutibni<%a»lley) between adjacent peaks in Aroclors 1016 and 1260 must
       be less than or equal to 2Ss;pieicent for peaks that were fully resolved in the initial
               Verify that the calib
               calibration check was
                                check was run at the required frequency and that the
                               ipared to the correct initial calibration.
                                        :ors for all Aroclor 1016 and 1260 quantitation peaks and the
                                     Iculate the calibration factor for the 1016/1260 quantitation peaks;
                                  ie recalculated values agree with the laboratory reported values, using
                      the following equation:
                          Calibration Factor = Total Peak area (or Height)
                                                  Mass injected (ng)
                                               165
                                                                                Draft 8/94

-------
Calibration Check
                                                                                  PCB-Q
       3.      Evaluate the %D between the mean calibration factor for each quantitation peak from the
               initial calibration and the calibration factor from the calibration check standard for 10
               percent or more of the Aroclor target compound quantitation peaks and the SMC, using
               the following equation:                                f£,
        4.
        5.
               where:
               b.
               x = mean of three initial calibratioa lactors

               xc SB calibration factor from calil

               Check and recalculate the %D
               recalculated values agree with the

               Verify that the %D is within ± 35.0 percent
               quantitation peaks and the SMC.  Note those com]
               outside the required
       If errors are detected in the
       perform a more comprehensive

       Verify that the RT of the SMC is
       from the 1016/1260 initial calibration.
                                                                     id 1260; verify that the
                                                                   irted values.
                                      lor 1016 and 1260
                                      which have a %D
                                 ttion factor or the %D,
                ±|i|J percent of the mean SMC RT determined
               Verify that thejj|
               peaks are TOttppbe wind
               window is ;*| jppercent of 1
               standards.|fi&e RRT wind
               concentiaai|n initial calibr
                        "C.^ '-SiVC,-          :
                                 jute RT, wMdiever applies, for all 1016/1260 quantitation
                                 a stablished dii^ the initial calibration. The absolute RT
                                     ' calculated r%B* the low concentration initial calibration
                                       0.005 RRT units of the RRT calculated from the low
               Verify that thi
               25 percent for pe
7.
E.      Action
             A.
                libration check
                for usability j
              Computer-Aided Data:
           aual reviews.  QTMCADI
               itively, that is, based
                     criterion, •*"
        stringent q|i|pication is •
        order to verfil laiieonfir
 ilution (% valley) between adjacent peaks is less than or equal to
    xe fully resolved during the initial calibration.
        for qualifying
                              was not met, the associated field sample data may need to be
                              Some data qualifications may be performed automatically through
                              jew and Evaluation (CADRE) or CADRE supplemented with
                                  qualify the electronically reported sample results
                               "worst case" situation.  CADRE will qualify data as indicated in
                                   ional judgement, should be examined to determine if a less
                                 Manual reviews of hardcopy data should also be performed in
                             results of the CADRE review.  The following actions are suggested
                                CADRE and for hardcopy  manual data reviews.
led.
        1.      CADRE-Assisted: Data Review

                a.      If the calibration factor for any quantitation peak for Aroclors 1016/1260 or the
                       SMC had a %D between the initial calibration and the calibration check that
                                               166
                                                                                Draft 8/94

-------
Calibration Check
                                                                     PCB-Q
               b.
                      exceeded +. 35.0 percent, then the data should be qualified.  The positive results
                      and non-detect data in the associated sample should be qualified using
                      professional judgement as estimated ("J" for detects, or "UJ" for non-detects) or
                      rejected (R), depending on the degree to which thfilf%D criteria was exceeded and
                      changes to the Aroclor pattern, as defined in Ta8|p3.
If the RRT or absolute RT, whichever appU«^ jfef lt||a|ibration check
quantitation peak was outside the windows^^bUshe1i!^l^pp,g the initial
calibration, then the associated field samples should be qualified. The reviewer
should keep in mind that the identification of Aroclors is perfoie^ considering
both the Aroclor pattern and specific jfiiantitation peaks. Aroclor pllpe^tts may
be altered by coeluting compounds o|;because of environmental weathMlg. The
qualitative data (positive identifier's and non-detected anatytes) may not be
accurate because of incorrect relaliie or absolute lileation times or because of
                                                         elected
changes to the Aroclor pat
associated field samples should
rejected (R) or presumptively preseri
retention time criteria were exceeded and
defined in Table 3.
  in-detected sample data in all
   Sessional judgement as
ing on the degree to which the
to the Aroclor pattern, as
                      If resolution criteria
                      may not be accurai
                      peaks that were full
                      positive sample results
                      estimated (J) or presum
                      questionable if coelution
                            met, then the qualitative ass quantitative results
                                        lution. If peak resolution for adjacent
                          . in the nitial calibratioa exceeded the criterion, the
                         id be qualiiea usmf prl&ssional judgement as
                                         Qualitative identifications may be
                                   Station peaks that would elute in the
region of coelution in the adrbrat^||' check may not be valid depending on the
extent of the coelution problem^lpfessional judgement should be used to
quality 4$|ii$i4p&target compoiiids as rejected (R) or presumptively present
                        are evidece Table 3).
                                              more than ± 1.0 percent from the mean SMC RT
                                                          then the associated field sample data may
                                                         field sample data are qualified using
                      judgement
                      sample data.
                                    jdgement as rejected (R) or presumptively present (N) (see Table
              m check sequence was not followed as required, then professional
               be used to evaluate the effect of the non-compliance on the
                      Potential effecj^bn the sample data due to problems with calibration should be
                      noted in the 
-------
Calibration Check
   PCB-Q
       The following table summarizes the calibration check criteria and lite data qualification guidelines
for all associated field samples.
CALIBRATION
CHECK
%D
Detects
Non-detects
NOT
QUALIFIED
J
f.,X "-;:';; J". >,
'- ~ '*"P ""v ;-"s--
%r& ^t|
Jl»
± 35.0%
s 35.0%
PEAK RESOLUTION
Detects
Non-detects
SMCRTS
S25%
All results *
± 1.0%
< - 35.0% *j§
> 35.0%4^
35.1-50^,^
'v*«
Use
professional
I^^^il
^ J
^\
> SQSli"*
-f': Vs. ''
N
'Aviv
"--'&,%.,
'-^ \.
^A.-' -x
%-'?'' ' ,',V
' ^*'£*


"*® *' •." -"»•.
Sf£l^^^.^>_,
&-ff i3fc*t
': < -1.5% *
>25%*

± 1.1 - 1.5% *
RRT AND ABSOLUTE RT ^ .£$"
Detects
Jf
Non-detects 4ll
jptf ± i.o%l
ip
^RT: ± 0.005J
^lltyjnits ^
''^-SKj^^ *,^>.
RH^|W)%
*.*-^s, ^
!!>.-V
li ^*
&.""
^fe.
«pr"» •^^¥^«»<~-*
^ *• •*:. ~»~
RRT: > 0.01;
< - 0.01 units *
> RT: > 2%;
'*' < - 2% *

RRT: ± 0.006 - 0.01
units *
RT: ± 1.1 - 2.0 % *
RRT:> 0.005;
< - 0.005 units *
RT: > 1.0%;
< - 1.0% *
   Use professi
                                                168
Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                          PCB-Q
                               IV.  Performance Verification Standard
A.
B.
D.
Review Items:  Form Qffl-PCB, Form QI-PCB, and perfomance^ferification standard (PVS)
               data.                                       -li";
                                                                                    system
Objective

The PVS is analyzed at least once during each 24-hour analytical sequence"
stability.

Criteria

1.
               The concentration of the PVS standard
               (100 ng/mL) used in the initial calibra

               An acceptable PVS must be analyzed at the cor
               PVS must be run within 24 hours after the injection <
               or a valid calibration check standard.
                   low level 1016/1260 standard
                                                            each analytical sequence.  The
                                                             first initial calibration standard
        3.
        4.
        5.
        If a PVS reanalysis is req
        reanalysis must be started
        sequence.
: a non-compliant PVS analysis, the PVS
        5 start of the current analytical
        The PVS must have a percent rec@ffc|y in
        amount in order to report data wii ""*

        The SMC
        or equal to 200
        7.
               The RT foi
               calculai
       ige of 50 -150 percent of the true
   ;er than or equal to 20 percent, and less than
     tenon of 50 -150 percent is advisory.

          1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT
        The RRTlfi^ptete                      for all PVS 1016/1260 quantitation peaks
        must fall within'iliiNsindows established during the initial calibration.  The absolute RT
        window is ± 1 pero&ip|£he RT calculated from the low concentration initial calibration
        standards.  The RRT w&tiMi& + 0.005 RRT units of the RRT calculated from the low
                           calibration standards.
8.  /I^Thepeakresolutil
                                     valley) between adjacent peaks in the PVS must be less than or
                                          that were fully resolved in the initial calibration analysis.
                              % Recovery =
                                         ilyzed at the required frequency and at the conclusion of the


                                      it recovery according to the following equations:

                                            Amount Observed
                                             Amount Added
                                                     x 100%
                                               169
                                                                                Draft 8/94

-------
Performance Verification Standard
                                                        PCB-Q
               and
               where:
                                    Amount Observed =
                                                       CF.
                          =   peak area of the PVS 1016/1260 qu
                      CFm = calibration factor established during the initial
       3.      Verify that the SMC recovery and RT shift areswfthin the required QC limro^l,;
                                                       •-K-5. ff '?                          ^ T-. v 'J'
       4.      Verify that the RRT or absolute RT, whii
               peaks are within the windows establisl
               window is  ± 1 percent of the RT
               standards.  The RRT window is ± 0.005
               concentration initial calibration standards.
        5.      Verify that the peak resolution (% valley) between adj
               25 percent
                        applies, for all 1016/1260 quantitation
                         the uutiajli^fibration. The absolute RT
                          the lo|||»ncentration initial calibration
                          ts ofJttRRT calculated from the low
                                         is less than or equal to
E.     Action
        If any PVS criterion was not met, the associated field sapBple data may need to be qualified for
        usability purposes.  Some data qualificatioas|may be jpSbrmed automatically through QTM
        Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluatiolt|(CA|Site) or CADRE supplemented with manual
        reviews. QTM CADRE will qualify the elear©iBca|^ reported sample results conservatively, that
        is, based on a "worst case" situation. CADRE wij||jualify data as indicated in Table 4.  The
        criterion, "*" for professioi^f|||gei0ent, should be|examined to determine if a less stringent
        qualification is wanan|edf Manua1i|||Kiews of hardcc>||;data should also be performed in order to
        verify and confirm t&presults of the^^iDRE review. 'Ill* following actions are suggested for
        qualifying sample-dala utilizing CAJti|fp and for hardcofy manual data reviews.

        1.      CADRE-Assisted Data

               a.       If the SMC:Mi^§ery was less than 20 percent or greater than 200 percent, then
                       the field sampte^|||ishould be qualified if the SMC in the field sample is outside
                                    it re1§Si^|pie positive results and non-detect data in the
                                    iple genelfai|i since the last valid PVS or LCS should be qualified
                       as estimat&jIb^J" for detects or "UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R) (see Table
                       4).        X, >
                       If an Aroclor
                       range (i.e., gn
                       field sample
                           posii
         in the PVS was outside the expanded recovery criterion
      than 150 percent or less than 50 percent), then the associated
    generated since the last valid PVS or LCS should be qualified.
    Its and non-detect data in the associated field sample should be
     ited ("J" for detects or "UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R)
Sessional judgement (see Table 4).
                       If the RRT or absolute RT, whichever applies, for a PVS Aroclor quantitation
                       peak was outside the windows established during the initial calibration, then the
                       associated field samples should be qualified. The reviewer must keep in mind that
                       the identification of Aroclors is performed considering both the Aroclor pattern
                                               170
                                                     Draft 8/94

-------
Performance Verification Standard
                                                                     PCB-Q
                       and specific quantitation peaks.  Aroclor patterns may be altered by coeluting
                       compounds and because of environmental weathering. The qualitative data
                       (positive identifications and non-detected analytes) may not be accurate because
                       of incorrect relative or absolute retention times orjjeeause of changes to the
                       Aroclor pattern. The positive results and non-dej^ data in the associated sample
                       generated since the last valid PVS or LCS shpulplbe qualified using professional
                       judgement, as rejected (R) or presxunptively pr|seit|^), depending on the degree
                       to which the retention time criteria were exceeded aiadiaiBages to the Aroclor
                       pattern, as defined in Table 4.
                       If resolution criteria were not met, theaihe qualitative and quantr&Bve results
                       may not be accurate due to inadequat|jresolution.  If peak resolution lalpdjacent
                       peaks that were full resolved in thepltial calibration exceeded the criterion, the
                       positive sample results should bej|[|alified using plilessional judgement as
                       estimated (J) or presumptrvely fluent (N).
                       questionable if coelution exists,
                       region of coelution in the PVS may nfi
                       coelution problem. Professional judgeme
                       detected target compounds as rejected (R) or
                       coelution problems are evident (see Table 4).
               e.      If the SMC RT of
                       calculated from the in|||| calibratii
                       need to be qualified.  Tii|pssociated
                       valid PVS or LCS are qualified us
                       presumptively present (N)
                                                    identifications may be
                                                that would elute in the
                                              lepending on the extent of the
                                               be used to qualify non-
                                                  itively present (N), if
               Hardcopy Manual Da||Jteview

               a.
                                        ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT
                                                 ited field sample data may
                                                 i generated since the last
                                     ifessional judgement as rejected (R) or
             in the p
         to evaluate
               b.
P
noted
laboratory
frequency,
     "?'-f>~.
                                       sequence as required, then professional
                                      effect of the non-compliance on the
                    iue to problems with PVS analyses should be
ita review narrative. If the data reviewer has knowledge that the
     itedly failed to comply with the requirements for recovery,
          or resolution, the data reviewer should notify the TPO.
                                                171
                                                                  Draft 8/94

-------
Performance Verification Standard
  PCB-Q
qualification guidelines for all associated field samples.
PVS
NOT
QUALIFIED
% RECOVERY
Detects
Non-detects
50 - 150%
a=50%
J

<^.C\OfL. 4c« '^j^ixs1^
j\j/o tjjjs$ji&'

SMC % RECOVERY **
Detects
Non-detects
SMCRTS
PEAK RESOLUTION
Detects
Non-detects |
20-200%
,= 20% 1
± 1.0%


If All results * j
< 20%; >
1CY\C7
l^^^^uu /o
jj^ uf^^^l^l^
\ J
^•js
:,; professional jjj
^v judgement ^
W'
-=1iS^" -
v> R "xi;

$?
^, ^P&*
^^Sik-


'*' < -15% *

^
•i-
v-^-.-- "W
" -;*;%.





± 1.1 - 15% *

>25%*

RRT AND ABSOLUTEllf t||^
Detects
Njjitetects

RRT:1i||)05


RRT:> 0.01;
< - 0.01 units *
RT: > 2.0%;
< - 2.0% *

RRT: ± 0.006 -
0.01 units *
RT: ± 1.1 - 2.0% *
RRT: > 0.005;
< - 0.005 units *
RT: > 1.0%;
< - 1.0% *
* Use profeslill^gemenL Jjf
** If the PVS SMC^jSi^j; was lej^ffian 20 percent or greater than 200 percent, then the field sample
data should be qualiffexlif ihe^SlaC in the field sample is outside 50 - 150 percent recovery.
•* '^JX^-SS-M1 £', -
                                             172
Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                           PCB-Q
                                       V. Laboratory Blanks
A.      Review Items:   Form QI-PCB, Form QVI-PCB, and laboratory bb|fe data.

B.      Objective
       The purpose of laboratory blank analyses is to determine th^9dstence^a^pagnitude of
       contamination resulting from the laboratory environment and to ensure thi^^nstrument is free
       from potential interferences.  The criteria for evaluation of laboratory blanks l|f^to any
       laboratory blank associated with the samples (e.g., mep^d blanks and instrument BJa^li^If
       problems with any blank exist, all associated data muSllbe carefully evaluated to determine
       whether or not there is an inherent variability in thejdata, or if the problem is an isolated
       occurrence not affecting other data.
        Criteria
               Method Blanks
                       A method blank analysis is required for each extrac^o^jiof each matrix type
                       (water, soil/solid, etcj^pd^j^i each Batch of samplestttai are analyzed during a
                       24-hour analytical sequence. Separate method blanks are required for each
                                         *W*JJSS.^     ^*t™^tf.ai«?*M>S ~±S •- Vi"t V* * "••« .            *
                       instrument used dti
               b.
The concentration of
quantitation peak identificai
one-half the contract required
                                        f other in
                                               windows'
                                 : Aroclor Quantitation
                        fSS»e target Arocloj.;;
                        J 'j. '<•{£•'             *"^S. ^'
                   or poteptial interferences that elute within Aroclor
                            in the method blanks must be less than
                          ition limit (CRQL).

                           (unknown compounds that are outside
                            calculated using the calibration factor of
                              must be less than one-half the CRQL
               d.
recover^
                                    : must be greater than or equal to 20
                       An instrumen
                       The first ins
                       before a vali
                                      than or equal to 200 percent  The SMC recovery criterion of 50
                                           ay.

                                                 blank must be within ± 1.0 percent of the mean
                                                  initial calibration.
                    is required at least twice during the analytical sequence.
                 it blank analysis is required after the three-point calibration or
                 •ration check standard.  The second instrument blank analysis is
               lately before the PVS analysis at the conclusion of an analytical
               b.
The cdi^entration(s) of the target compound(s) or potential interferences that
elute within target compound identification windows in the first instrument blank
(analyzed immediately after the initial calibration or before valid calibration
check) must be less than one-half the CRQL.  The concentration of other
interferents (unknown compounds that are outside target compound windows) are
                                                173
                                                                 Draft  8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                                                  PCB-Q
                      calculated using the calibration factor of the nearest target compound
                      quantitation peak and must be less than one-half the CRQL for that target
                      Aroclor.
               Subsequent instrument blanks may contain
               concentrations up to two times (2x) the
                                                                     non-target compound
               The SMC recovery in the method blank mi
               percent and less than or equal to 200 percent  The SMC
               - ISO percent is advisory.
                                                                             or equal to 20
                                                                                  criterion of 50
                      The RT for the SMC in the
                      mean SMC RT calculated from theiirftial calibration.
                      An instrument blank must be
                      an analyte(s) at high concentra
                      greater than two times (2x) the up]
                                                    lank must be within ± 1.0 pereest of the
                                                  followingipample analysis which contains
                                                     coneeatration is defined as being
                                                               m level.  NOTE: The
               concentration of non-target compound mtei|eKaus (unknown compounds that are
               outside target compound windows) are calculatfeasjag the calibration factor of
                      the nearest target compound quantitation peaks.
D.
Evaluation

1.      Review the results of all associatell laboratory
       evaluate the presence of target coii|iounds
               Verify that a method blank analysis
               samples for each 24^hqur analytical seq
               samples and that each method blank
               the analyticaWpence          (Form Q
               associatedTSi&each me
                                                                       -PCS, and raw data to
                                                                 ces in the laboratory blanks.
E.
        3.
Action
        Verify
        calibratio
        analytical seq
                                                reported for each matrix for each Batch of
                                                on each instrument used to analyze PCB
                                                  required criteria. The reviewer can use
                                                    i) to assist in identifying samples
the initial calibration or before a valid
                                                         . PVS analysis at the conclusion of the
                                   ad that the instrument blanks met the specified criteria.
        If the,^ipiipnate :B!aiife-were not analpifwith the frequency as described above, then the data
                should use professional judgement to determine if the associated sample data should be
                 The reviewer may'Sed to obtain additional information from the laboratory. The
             ion should be brought tottSe attention of the TPO.
                 the case of blank resais depends on the circumstances and the origin of the blank.
                      3und results sbSiid be reported unless the concentration of the compound in the
        sample:
        than one bla!
        with the associa
        must not be coi
                                times (5x) the amount in the blank. In instances where more
                               a given sample, qualification should be based upon a comparison
                              the highest concentration of a contaminant The sample results
                          'trading the blank value.
        If any blank criterion was not met, the associated field sample data may need to be qualified for
        usability purposes.  Some data qualifications may be performed automatically through QTM
        Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation (CADRE) or CADRE supplemented with manual
                                               174
                                                                               Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                                           PCB-Q
       reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify the electronically reported sample results conservatively, that
       is, based on a "worst case" situation.  CADRE will qualify data as indicated in Table 5. The
       criterion, "*"  for professional judgement, should be examined to determine if a less stringent
       qualification is warranted. Manual reviews of hardcopy data sho
       verify and confirm the results of the CADRE review.  The foil
       qualifying sample data utilizing CADRE and for hardcopy
        1.
                                                          be performed in order to
                                                       actions are suggested for
                                                       ita reviews.
CADRE-Assisted Data Review
                      Any target compound detected in the sample, that was also
                      associated blank, is qualified as es
                      than five times (5x) the blank
                      greater than five times (5x) the
                      Positive sample results less than
                      than the CRQL are reported
                                                 if the sample concent
                                            lion. Positive sample results"
                                          level are reported without qualifiers.
                                         times (Sx) thdplank contamination and less
                                          tected OH$Ke Table 5).
                      The reviewer should note that analyte co|ii^pllions calculated for method
                      blanks may not involve the same weights, viiM£§, or dilution factors as the
                      associated samples. These factors must be takeln^^consideration when applying
                      the "5x" criteria, such that a comparison of the totaliiKKnint of contamination is
                      actually made.
               b.
       If the SMC recovery
       percent or greater than
       qualified if the SMC in
       The positive results and
       qualified as estimated ("J" for
       Table 5).
                                     .
                              erated sin
                            ed. The
                             ent as rej
                      If a target com
                               the conta
                 blank was less than 20
               ple data should be
      outside 50 - ISO percent recovery.
   in the associated sample should be
or *UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R) (see
                            t within ± l.t;|ercent, then the associated field sample
                              last valid meti|d or instrument blank may need to be
                               sample data ale qualified based on professional
                                               present (N) (see Table 5).
                               found in a blank but not in the sample, no action is
                                s) was found at level(s) significantly greater than one-
                                  be noted in the data review narrative.
                                      itances in which little or no contamination was present in the
                                       but qualification of the sample was deemed necessary.
                                          uced through dilution is one example. Although it is not
                                       determine, instances of this occurring can be detected when
                                      found in the diluted sample result, but are absent in the
                                     fie result Since both results are not routinely reported, it may be
                                         this source of contamination. However, if the reviewer
                                fihat the contamination is from a source other than the sample, the
                                 be qualified.  In this case, the "Sx" rule may not apply and the sample
                      value should be reported as a non-detect  An explanation of the rationale used
                      for this determination should be provided in the narrative accompanying the
                      Regional Data Assessment Summary.
       There may
       associated b
       Contaminatio:
       always possibli
       contaminan
         [diluted
             lib!
       def '
       data;
                                               175
                                                                        Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks

               c.
                                                                     PCB-Q

If gross contamination existed (e.g., saturated peaks), all affected compounds in
the associated samples should be qualified as unusable (R), due to interference.
This should be noted for TPO action if the contamination is suspected of having
an effect on the sample results.
                       If inordinate amounts of other target com;
                       blank(s), it may be indicative of a problem
                                                  found at low levels in the
                                                     noted for TPO action.
        The following are examples of applying the blank qi
may warrant deviations from these guidelines.
               Example 1:     Sample result is greater than the CRQL, 1
                              of the
                       If an instrument blank was not analyzed following a sampfe«r»ajysis which
                       contained an analyte(s) at high concentration^), sample analysis lesults after the
                       high concentration sample must be ey|^iated for carryover.  Professwaial
                       judgement should be used to detenn|pif instrument CTOss-contaminatioa affected
                       any positive compound identificati$|fs). Instrument cross-contamination should
                       be noted for TPO action if the cp^pcontaniinatiQiis suspected of having an
                       effect on the sample results.
                                            Adelines. Certain circumstances
                                                       than the 5x multiple
               Example
               Bl
               CRQI
               Sample J^ft    ,ff        4.0
               Qualified Sample Result        4.0J
                          "'  , -v  *'&&*

               In this case, sample results less than 5.0 (or 5 x 1.0) would be
              Iqmalified as estimated (J).
             ~«»V"*, -V^.             aijfe

        Sample resi|||s less than theilRQL, and is also less than the Sx multiple
        of the blankiesult
                       Result
                        iple Result
                                                                    1.0
                                                                    0.5
                                                                    0.4J
                                                                    0.5U
                                                 iter than the Sx multiple of the blank result
                                              1.0
                                              0.5
                                             20.0
                                Result       20.0
                                      In this case, the sample result exceeded the adjusted blank result
                                      (5 x 1.0) and the sample result is not qualified.
                                      Blank Result
                                         .QL
                                    f|1Sample Result
                                                176
                                                                  Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Blanks
                                                                                       PCB-Q
                                            TABLES
       The following table summarizes the laboratory blank criteria
for all associated Geld samples.
                                                                   : data qualification guidelines
BLANKS
NOT
QUALIFIED
J ^^
1^
^,H
ALL LABORATORY BLANKS Jjjg '^§?
SMC % Recovery
**
Detects
Non-detects
SMCRTS
METHOD BLANK
Target compounds
1st INSTRUMENT BLANK
Target compounds
SUBSEQUENT INSTRuJlt
Target compo«ip%,
6 r -^

20-200%
*20%
± 1.0%

5— _ _ - _ ^'f'&iii-'
x Blank Le^|
~;i

^fJ^fetak^Level
J* ^ ' J'*" ' "*• **!?X^^1 "
^? N^^j^^,*
NT BLANK ^
	 ^X'aA'? ,. s .^
>C __ ^21 A WV< 3,feifc&w3'-i-'

Jf
"
< 10%




± 1.1 - 1.5% *
sS *
*4fe'









'^••.s *.,<'v
-------
                                                                                          PCB-Q
                                  VI.  System Monitor Compound
A.

B.
 D.
Review Items:   Form QI-PCB, Form QH-PCB, Form QHI-PCB, and sample and blank data.

Objective

Laboratory performance on individual samples is establishe4||y meansibf ip|king activities.  All
field and QC samples and blanks are spiked with an SMC prior to sampl^ «x|Ea«ation. The
evaluation of the recovery result of the  SMC is not necessarily straightforvrard.:ltee field sample
itself may produce effects due to such factors as interfeipaces and high concentrat
and/or non-target anarytes. Since the effects of the jljlpe matrix are frequently outsit!
control of the laboratory and may present relatrvehjliaique problems, the evaluation and review of
data based on specific sample results is  frequenttyjpbjective and  d*|sands analytical experience
and professional judgement.  Accordingly, this s&pip, consists plttarily of guidelines.
        Criteria
        1.
       A single SMC, decacblorobiphenyl, is added to all ft
       matrices to assess extraction efficiency, calculate the RR'
       identification, and assess sMftsmAe chromatography.
                                 Ipaf^-i**-"-.     s*  r J
                                 9>*.'\ ""•
       The SMC recovery criterion
       advisory.
        3.
        4.
        The SMC recovery in the field sam
        percent However, the SMC
        or equal to 20 percent and less than or
        To use RRT,
        than or
        analyses.
        in a fie]
        present
        5.
        The SMC RT
        the initial calibration.
               Check raw data to
               (Form QIA-PCB), th
               QDI-PCB).  Check
                                 samples and blanks for all
                                    for compound
                                                                         samples and blanks is
                  less than 10 percent or greater than 200
                   samples and blanks must be greater than
                to 200 percent
    itification pulses, the SMC recovery must be greater
     less than or espial to 200 percent for field sample
     are used for identification purposes if the SMC recovery
               per than 200 percent, or if interferences are
it exceed ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT calculated during
         SMC percent recovery is zero or if interferences with
       .shift is not evaluated.
                                  SMC recovery and RT shift on the PCB Analysis Data Sheet
                                 Data Sheet (Form QII-PCB), and the PVS Data Sheet (Form
                                calculation or transcription errors.
                                          was calculated correctly by using the following equation:
                                     % Recovery =   ° x 10096
                                                  XA
               where:
                              QD = Quantity determined by analysis
                                               178
                                                                                Draft  8/94

-------
System Monitor Compound
                                                                                   PCB-Q
                              QA = Quantity added to samples/blanks

       3.      Check that the SMC RT shift was calculated correctly by using the following equation:

                                           RT. - RT.
                                     KTS
                                              RT.
               where:
                      RTS = Retention time shift percent difference
                      RTS =  Retention time of the SMC rjSalBeld sample, QC sample?
                              subsequent calibration si

                      RT,. =  Mean retention time of Aefs*MC from theiiost recent 1016/1260 initial
E.
Action
                              calibration analyses
       Field sample data are qualified when the recovery of the
       greater than 200 percent Field sample data are also qualified
       percent
                                                            !MC was less than 10 percent or
                                                                    RT shift exceeded ± 1.0
       If any SMC criterion was not met,	,__.	^ %«-»s
       usability purposes. Some data qualifiliiiQns may be
       Computer-Aided Data Review and Evalaition (CAD:
       reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify the el
       is, based on a "worst case" situation.  CADRBmill
       criterion "*"  for professional judgement sho
       qualification is  warranted.
       verify and confirm the
       qualifying sample da
                                reviews
        1.
        CAD:
                      If the
                      the associa
                      associated
                      compounds
    lie data may need to be qualified for
            ©siatically through QTM
    >r (JAL)RE supplemented with manual
     :ed sample results conservatively, that
    data as indicated in Table 6.  The
   ied to determine if a less stringent
  data should also be performed in order to
The following actions are suggested for
  hardcopy data reviews.
                                                        sample was outside of the advisory limit of
                                      but was greater than or equal to 10 percent and less than or
                                          then the associated sample data may be used without
                                                   QC sample or blank SMC recovery is less than 20
                                                      t (see Table 6 and QC samples and blank
                              f the SMC was greater than 200 percent in a field sample, then
                                pie data should be qualified.  The positive results in the
                                should be qualified as estimated (J) and the non-detected
                                it qualified (see Table 6).

                                  in a QC sample or blank was less than 20 percent or greater
                               , then the field sample data should be qualified if the SMC in the
                             outside SO -150 percent recovery. The positive results and non-
               detecfNfata in the associated  sample should be qualified as estimated ("J" for
               detects or "UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R)  (see Table 6).

               If the recovery of the SMC was less than 10 percent in a field sample, or if
               interferences are present, then the laboratory should have used absolute retention
                                               179
                                                                                Draft 8/94

-------
System Monitor Compound
                                                                   PCB-Q
times for identification of compounds and the data should be qualified.  The
positive results and non-detect data in the associated sample should be qualified
as estimated ("J" for detects or "UJ" for non-detects) or rejected (R)  (see Table
6).                                          |f>

If the SMC RT was not within ± 1.0 percent o|^ mean SMC RT calculated
from the 1016/1260 initial calibration for zay^C-^mp^ or blank, the associated
                                                          sample data are
                                                           tively present
                      field sample data may need to be qualified, Jpie
                      qualified using professional judgement as rejected (R)
                      (N) (see Table 6 and QC samples and blank sections).
               Hardcopy Manual Data Review

               a.      If the SMC RT exceeded ± 1J
                      the initial calibration for any
                      immediately reanalyzed.  If the
               b.
                      then the data should be qualified.
                      professional judgement as rejected (R)
                      Table 6.  NOTE: If the SMC percent
                      the SMC were present, the SMC RT shift is
Extreme or
TPO action.
       The following table summarizes the SMC crii
associated field samples.      ,?vi;    ~"
                                v
                                                MC RT calculated during
                                                should have been
                                             iutside criteria upon reanalysis,
                                            ita should be qualified using
                                             'lively present (N), as defined in
                                                   or if interferences with
                                         SMC recoveries should be noted for
                                  the data qualification guidelines for all
CMY"1 -AW"
VJlYLV' &&& >
V^of*-1 5
% RECOVERY - FIELDSftiftN
'y.r& %•*
^ '^
Detects
Non-d^e^^ll^
% RECOH§^ - BLANKS 2&jfa
,.J0Wtects
' ^^asicdetects
RTS - FIELlB^IPLES
RTS - QC SAMPLES
NJJt
QU^f^PTF,f)
«3*v#B$£$s\^»i. ft-^-^
PS
* ^"15^200%
***\
me SAMPLES *"
•S ."
- 200%
||| ^ 20%
1.0%
± 1.0%
^
«*> ^?«^«~^A
-»-«*'
< 10%; > 200%
< 10%*
n
< 20%; > 200%
10 - 19%


R


< 10%*


< 10%
> 1.5% *;
< -1.5% *
> 1.5% *;
< -1.5% *
N






± 1.1 - 1.5% *
± 1.1 - 1.5% *
   Use professional judgement
** If the SMC recovery in a QC sample or blank was less than 20 percent or greater than 200 percent,
   then the field sample data should be qualified if the SMC in the field sample is outside 50 -150 percent
   recovery.
                                               180
                                                                Draft 8/94

-------
                                                                                          PCB-Q
                                 VII.  Laboratory Control Samples
A.

B.
D.
Review Items:   Form QII-PCB, Form QI-PCB, and laboratory control sample (LCS) data.

Objective                                                :;1|>
       Data for LCS are generated to provide information on the accuracy 6:
       laboratory performance.

       Criteria

       1.      An LCS must be prepared and extracted
                                                                         ical method and
               An LCS must be analyzed once per
               instrument
       3.


       4.

       5.
                                                 ich matrix for each Batch of samples.

                                                i Batch pei^hour analytical sequence per
        The LCS must contain an Aroclor compound(s) at afeojm concentration, in addition to
        the required SMC
       6.
       7.
        The recoveries for the LCS

        The RRT or absolute RT,
        must fall within the windows
        window is ± 1 percent of the R'
        calibration standards. The RRT
        from the low concentration 1016/1

        The RT of the
        established

        TheSM
        or eq
Evaluation

1.
                                                         aund quantitation peaks
                                              : initial calibration.  The absolute RT
                                             the low concentration 1016/1260 initial
                                          8.005 RRT units of the RRT calculated
                                          ilibration standards.
                                            it of the mean RT of the SMC
                                 be greater than or equal to 20 percent and less than
                                         if 50 -150 percent is advisory.
               Verify that LCS samp!
                             ided for eat
       2.     Mhspect results to
           'j?y recovery are within
                                    and analyzed at the required frequency and that
                                 for each matrix, and for each analytical sequence.

                         recovery on Form QII-PCB and verify that the results for
                          percent

                        raw data and calculations.
       4.
                                 lute RT, whichever applies, for all LCS compound
                              [thin the windows established during the initial calibration. The
                             ± 1 percent of the RT calculated from the low concentration
                           idards.  The RRT window is ± 0.005 RRT units of the RRT
       5.
initial
calculated frofilie low concentration initial calibration standards.

Check that the LCS recovery was calculated correctly by using the following equation:
                                               181
                                                                               Draft 8/94

-------
Laboratory Control Samples
                                                                           PCB-Q
                                                   «
                                    % Recovery = -^ x 100%
               where:
                             QD = Quantity determined by analysis

                             QA = Quantity added
E.     Action
       If any LCS criterion was not met, the associated field saifiple data may need to be ^
       usability purposes. Some data qualifications may befferfbrmed automatically through
       Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation (CAjIpE) or CADRE supplemented with manual
       reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify the electron||fj|iy reported sanifle results conservatively, that
       is, based on a "worst case" situation.  CADRE vi||;||ialify data asifedicated in Table 7. The
       criterion, "*"  for professional judgement, should i^^|muied,^petennine if a less stringent
       qualification is warranted. Manual reviews of hardcop^ |^ slpciiild also be performed in order to
       verify and confirm the results of the CADRE review. The^Jltril^ng actions are suggested for
       qualifying sample data utilizing CADRE and for hardcopy
        1.
CADRE-Assisted Data
                                                        reviews.
               b.
                      If the SMC recovery ia the LCS was less than 20 percent or greater than 200
                      percent, then the LCS lii all assoda^iiamples Should have been reanalyzed.  If
                      the SMC recovery criteriaSwas not n«|ppon reanalysis, or the reanalysis was not
       performed, then the field
       sample is outside 50 - 150
       data in the associated sample
                              or rej
                                 *
    >uld be qualified if the SMC in the field
     r. The positive results and non-detect
lould be qualified as estimated ("J" for detects
  .) (see Table 7).
                      or
                             RT, whichever ^applies, for an LCS quantitation peak was
                             ablished during the initial calibration, then the associated
                                          reviewer should keep in mind that the
                                          considering both the Aroclor pattern and
       speciMiqipatitation peaks.  Aroclor patterns may be altered by coeluting
       compound! iij;^|cause of environmental weathering.  The qualitative data
       (positive identifl«|ui and non-detected analytes) may not be accurate because
                                  e retention times or because  of changes to the
                                    and non-detected sample data in all associated
       field samp1p||hould be qualified using professional judgement as rejected (R) or
       presumptrvelj||resent (N), depending on the degree to which the retention time
       criteria were eieeeded and changes to the Aroclor pattern, as defined in Table 7.
                      If the LCS
                      qualify samp
                        lution.
                         criteria were not met, then the LCS results should be used to
                      ata for the specific compound(s) that is included in the LCS
                     : LCS recovery is out on the high end, the detected target
                       • be qualified "J." If the LCS recovery is out on the low end, the
                    : compound(s) may be qualified "J" and non-detects may be
        qualifi«f estimated (UJ) or unusable (R) (see Table 7). Professional judgement
        should be used to qualify data for compounds other than those compounds that
        are included in the LCS.
                                               182
                                                                        Draft  8/94

-------
Laboratory Control Samples
    PCB-Q
                      If the SMC RT of the LCS was not within ± 1.0 percent of the mean SMC RT
                      calculated from the initial calibration, then the associated field sample data may
                      need to be qualified. The associated field sample data are qualified using
                      professional judgement as rejected (R) or presumptively present (N) (see Table
                      7).
               Hardcopy Manual Data Review
               TPO action should be noted if a laboratory failed to analyze an
               the reviewer has knowledge that a laboratory consistently fails to gem
               recoveries.
Batch, or if
itable LCS
                                               183
Draft  8/94

-------
Laboratory Control Samples
                                        PCB-Q
                                           TABLET
       The following table summarizes the LCS criteria and the data qualpcation guidelines for all
associated field samples.
LCS
% RECOVERY
Detects
Non-detects
NOT
QUALIFIED
I
-;F»^4
N
jlfr "£%!|^
30 - 130%
*30%
SMC % RECOVERY **
Detects
Non-detects
SMCRTS
20-200%
a 20%
± 1.0%
RRT AND ABSOLUTE RT
Detects
Non-detects
RRT: ± O.OJ05
^PIRT: ± 0.005
< 30% *; J|
> 130% tjjj?
10-29^^
"^"^8
< 20%;
> 200%

^ ^
"% jff
|^ 1|)
'j^Mllv-
"
<.^-
-*•

?fe~P*
'T*%i...
< 10%



± 1.1 - \5% *

RRT:> 0.01;
< - 0.01 units *
RT: > 2.0%;
1 < - 2.0% *

RRT: ± 0.006 -
0.01 units *
RT: ± 1.1 - 2.0% *
RRT:> 0.005;
< - 0.005 units *
RT: > 1.0%;
< - 1.0 % *
 * Use professii
** If the SMC
   then the
rcent or greater than 200 percent,
 SMC in the field sample is outside 50 - 150 percent
                                              184
                                    Draft  8/94

-------
                                                                                         PCB-Q
                             Regional Quality Assurance and Quality Control
A.

B.
D.
£.
       Review Items:   Form QI-PCB and quality control sample data.

       Objective                                               /
       Regional Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC) jiers to
       by the Region, including field duplicates, Regional Performance Evaluati
       spikes, and blind blanks. It is highly recommended that Regions adopt the
       Criteria

       Criteria are determined by each Region.

       1.      PE sample frequency may vary.

       2.      The analytes present in the PE sample must be


       Evaluation

       Evaluation procedures must follow
       review.  Each Region will handle the
       PE samples should be compared to the
                                                                              id/or QC initiated
                                                                                    les, blind
                                                                                      blanks.
       Action

       Any action must be in
       sample results.  U
                                                                     itified and quantified.
                                                                          lure (SOP) for data
                                                                        ividual basis. Results for
                                                            for the specific PE samples, if available.
                                       j|h Regional sf|p&cations and the criteria for acceptable PE
                                ile resuliiiiQr PE samplesfculd be noted for TPO action.
                                              185
                                                                                      Draft  8/94

-------
                                      IX. Analytical Sequence
                                                                                            PCB-Q
A.

B.
C.
Review Items: Form QVI-PCB.

Objective
        The objective of the analytical sequence is to ensure that adequate
        are applied to sample analyses.                         ^r*~
                                                                        and QC measures
Criteria

1.
               The analytical sequence consists of the foi
               calibration or a daily calibration is perfo
               Initial calibration analytical sequence:
               »      initial three-point calibration (three poini
                      multicomponents);
               "      instrument blank;
               •      LCS;
               •      method blank;
               •      field sample(s);
               •      instrument blank(s)
               *      PVS.
              Daily calibration analytical sequence: W
                      instrumfi
                      calibration check
                                                                 iding on whether an initial
                                                               and single point for other
                      PVS.
                                 "j
              Each sample within a
              . -«— ,««»«&,.,. .
                                calibra
                                      be analyzed on a GC system meeting the initial
                                         standard technical acceptance criteria.
                                    itch shall be analyzed after an acceptable method and instrument
                                    rtable LCS.
              required
                             ich shall be run within a valid analytical sequence that concludes
                             nent blank and an acceptable PVS.  If a PVS reanalysfe is
                              i-compliant PVS analysis, the PVS reanaiysis must be started
                             start of the current analytical sequence.

                           Batch shall be anatyzed and results reported within the contract
                          times.
                                              186
                                                                                      Draft  8/94

-------
Analytical Sequence

D.     Evaluation
                                                                          PCB-Q
       Review the Form QVI-PCB to ensure that the proper analytical sequence was followed and that
       data from all the required analyses are present
E.     Action

       If any analytical sequence criterion was not met, the associated field sam]
       qualified for usability purposes.  Some data qualifications may be performed a
       QTM Computer-Aided Data Review and Evaluation
       manual reviews.  QTM CADRE will qualify the eli
       conservatively, that is, based on a "worst case" sit
       also be performed in order to verify and confirm
       actions are suggested for qualifying sample da
       reviews.
                                                                .may need to be
                                                                    ically through
                                             >RE) or CADRE supplemented with
                                           ically reported sample results
                                           Manual reviews of hardcopy data should
                                          lults of the f||DKE review.  The following
                                         ig CADRgpd for hardcopy manual data
        1.
CADRE-Assisted Data Review
               CADRE will qualify all sample and blank data "J" if the
               properly followed. NOTE:
               analytical sequence does
               sequence non-compliance
               analyzed during an analytical
               qualified "J" as specified above
               guidelines as specified in the LCS
                                                           sequence was not
                                  -mentioned data qualifica^kp for a non-compliant
                                                qualification because of analytical
                                                            le, if an LCS is not
                                   all associated sample and blank data would be
               Hardcopy Manual Da|| Review

               If the analyti
               may need
               professio:
                                            qualified "R" in accordance with the
                            tot followed, iiJHi the data analyzed during this sequence
                                  ited samff| data should be qualified using
                                 (J) or rejected (R).
                                              187
                                                                       Draft  8/94

-------
                                                                                           PCB-Q
                         X. Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
A.

B.
Review Items:  Form QI-PCB and sample data.

Objective
        The objective of sample analysis data review is to ensure tbatiqiialitativeiad quantitative results
        for field samples are accurate.                           x           '^l-^-.s,
                   *                                                         * «:'•',*>•...
c.
Criteria

1.
        3.

        4.
        5.
               The SMC must be used as the RT marker,
               identification.  The SMC is also be used
                                                  4
               The RT for the SMC must be within ±
               during the initial calibration.
                                           e RRT criterion used for compound
                                         lonitor extrac&a efficiency.

                                                       tean SMC RT calculated
        The advisory limit for the SMC recovery is 50 -150
The SMC recovery must be
200 percent in order to
greater than or equal to 10
identification window is ± O.i
quantitation peak calculated froi
of the SMC is less than 10 percent," _
present (but are adequately recovered
compounds must bemused for identifier
percent of the :.atos^«^pT;fc)r each quan
concentration laiBial caul
the quantitalpn peaks from'

The
identified
calibration.
                                             or equal to 10
                                                              Durposes.
                                                             ^.jOs	
                                less than or equal to
                           If the SMC recovery is
                          200 percent, the
                              target compound
               itration initial calibration.  If the recovery
               200 percent, or if interferences are
             icthod blank), the absolute RT of the
           lurposes.  The identification window is ± 1.0
           Jon peak calculated from the low
 NOTE: F^l|entification  purposes, the RRT or RT of
low point inidli calibration standards are used.
             ' X
           ;, for all quantitation peaks for positively
           the windows established during the initial
               Sample target compou
                                     itrations are calculated using calibration factors from the
                                         standard.
                                      v
                                 compound chromatographic peaks are evident, or if any
                                erlap one or more RRT and/or RT target quantitation peak
                                   use the "E^T flag on Form I to indicate this situation.  The
                                ition peaks that exceed the calibration range and the "N" flag
                                  ipound results in which the absolute or relative retention
                                itification windows.  For example, if a large peak tail from a
                                a target quantitation peak identification window, then the
                     ipheai associated with that quantitation peak is flagged "E.N." If a
        saturated p^ligQ^rJaps more than one target quantitation peak window, then all
        Aroclors/toxap18|p! that are associated with those quantitation peaks which are obscured
        by the saturated peak are flagged "EJsf."  If a large saturated peak obscures the entire
        chromatogram,  then all Aroclors/toxaphene are flagged "E^f."
                  any saturated
                chromatographic
                windows, the laborat
                "E" flag identifies qi
                identifies positive tar
                     are outside th<
                        peak elu
                                                188
                                                                                 Draft 8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
                                                                          PCB-Q
       Evaluation
       1.
Check the concentration in the sample using the followinf Aquation for external standards.
Hie response can be measured by automated peak heigh^^ar peak area measurements
from an integrator.
                     Water:
                              Concentration in \ig/L
                     Soil/Solid - (Wet weight basis): j|f
                             Concentration in pg/kg -
              where:
                            response
                     CFm = calibration
                            initial calibratio

                            volume of water
                                                      standard analyzed during
              NOTE: The
              individual concen
                     RX.
                         tration value on form QIA-PCB should be the mean of the
                        | each quantitation peak for that Aroclor or Toxaphene,

                                 percent difference between the field and QC
                                    and the most recent initial calibration analyzed
                    following equation:
                                         KT-KT,
                                            c     ? x 100%
                   ition time shift % Difference

              Retention time of the SMC in a sample

              Mean retention time of the SMC from the most recent 1016/1260 initial
              calibration analyses
                                            189
                                                                                    Draft  8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification

       3.
                                                                            PCB-Q
Check the RRT of a sample component quantitation peak or a standard using the
following equation:
                                            _  component KT
                                                SMC KT
       4.
        5.
                                                     -»3 •• -"4 -
Compound quantitation is based on the calibration fectors established from the low
concentration standards analyzed during the initial calibration.  The4pi4C concentration,
however, is calculated by using the mean SMC calibration factor calciiialeld &om the
1016/1260 initial calibration standards.      4%
Check the compound identification.
Aroclor patterns and the comparison of
compound quantitation peak identifier
concentration standard analyses during
  identifications are based on evaluation of
 compound j|iantitation peaks in samples to
idows estabiied from the low
        When SMC recovery is greater than or
        to 200 percent:
                              Target com]
                              in all samp;
                              percent and
                                                                     percent and less than or equal
                                  imitation peaks are identified on the basis of RRT
                                  **""   ^^recovery is greater than or equal to 10
                       11.
               Peaks in sample
               quantitation peaks
               of the quantitation
               during the initial calib:
               b.
               Verify that the RRT
               positively identified
                 itial calibration.
   are identified as target compound
   is within ± 0.005 RRT units of the RRT
fened from the low concentration standard
                                              t, greater than 200 percent, or if
                                      a|ipn peaks are identified on the basis of
                                      "*"   which the SMC recovery is less than 10
                     .t, greater than 200 percent, or masked interferences.

                              chromatograms are identified as target compound
                                   their absolute RT is within ± 1.0 percent of the RT
                     quantitappeak established from the low concentration standard
                      the initial calibration.

                       ibsolute RT, whichever applies, for all quantitation peaks for
                         compounds are within the windows established during the
                                     ig was properly reported on Form I when saturated non-target
                                     iphic peaks are evident or if any chromatographic peaks overlap
                                   and/or RT target compound quantitation peak windows.

                       If saturated chromatographic peaks outside target compound quantitation peak
                       RRT and/or RT windows are evident, the Aroclor/toxaphene associated with that
                       quantitation peak should be flagged "F^N" on Form I.
                                                190
                                                                         Draft  8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
                                                                                  PCB-Q
E.
               b.      If chromatographic peaks overlapping more than one target compound
                      quantitation peak RRT and/or RT windows are evident, the Aroclor(s)Aoxaphene
                      associated with those quantitation peaks should be flagged "E,N" on Form I.
Action
                                                                         net, the associated field
                                                                           |ifications may be
       performed automatically through QTM Computer-Aided Data Review andili|aajion (CADRE)
If any qualitative and/or quantitative result verification enter
sample data may need to be qualified for usability pv
       or CADRE supplemented with manual reviews. QTM CADRE will qualify th
       reported sample results conservatively, that is, based
       qualify data as indicated in Table 8. The criterion,
       examined to determine if a less stringent qualificat
       data should also be performed in order to verify
       The following actions are suggested for qv
       manual data reviews.
                                                      arst case" situation.
                                                     professional judgement,:
                                                  ; warranted, i Manual reviews of hardcopy
                                                       the r|i|lts of the CADRE review.
                                                 Die data utjlmg CADRE and for hardcopy
        1.
        CADRE-Assisted Data Review

        a.      If the SMC recovery for a field sample was not
               greater than or equaIl^fJ4y»frcent and less than or
               the data may be                              Table 8).
               b.
               A SMC recovery of
               samples or blanks
               problems occurred during
               unacceptable QC samples or
               data must beualified either
                                                                           150 percent but was
                                                                             200 percent, then
                      Target co
                      presumptive
                      If the SMC
                      200 percent,
                      detection an
                       ualify the
                            da
                200 percent in the QC
     Batch is an indication that serious
  All samples associated with the
iust be reextracted and/or reanalyzed and the
ited ("J" for detects or "UT for non-detects)
    itory blank sections).

   CRQL should be qualified as estimated
                                                         ich exceeded the upper limit of the initial
                                    ;e and are less than or equal to two times (2x) the upper
                                             be qualified as estimated (J). Target compound
                                                two times (2x) the upper calibration range should be
                      used
                             ids flagged "E^N" by the laboratory should be qualified as
                             esent (N).

                               ry for a field sample was less than 10 percent or greater than
                               the data should be qualified. If matrix interferences obscure the
                                ititation of the SMC, professional judgement should be used to
                               If no matrix effects are evident, the positive results and non-
                            :he affected sample should be qualified as estimated (J or UJ for
                           or rejected (R) (see Table 8). In addition, absolute RTs should be
                           tifications.
                      Professional judgement should be used to qualify any sample data if the RRT or
                      absolute RT, whichever applies, for any quantitation peak is outside the window
                      established during the initial calibration. The reviewer must keep in mind that
                                               191
                                                                               Draft 8/94

-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results Verification
   PCB-Q
                      the identification of Aroclors is performed considering both the Aroclor pattern
                      and specific quantitation peaks.  Aroclor patterns may be altered by coeluting
                      compounds and because of environmental weathering. The qualitative data
                      (positive identifications and non-detected anatytes) pay not be accurate because
                      of incorrect relative and absolute retention timespr because of changes to the
                                      «—__                         $&s-.,'"'
                      Aroclor pattern. The associated sample data gg|erated since the last valid PVS
                      or LCS for all Aroclors may have to be quali|^
-------
Qualitative and Quantitative Results VeriGcation
   PCB-Q
                                           TABLES
SAMPLE
NOT
QUALIFIED
J
SMC % RECOVERY
Detects
Non-detects
SMCRTS
10-200%
X 10%
± 1.0%
< 10%;
>200%
< 10%*
4
RRT AND ABSOLUTE RT
Detects
Non-detects
Compound
Concentration
Saturated/Overlapping ;
target compound «!
peak(s)
RRT:±
0.005 units
RT: ± 1.0%
No actions
required
s upper
calibration
IritlSl'"^"*"'"' V
'.T.™"r ^|^/!|
&&
31%
f&s
«*%s,
««•
*?^v^
V^ * ;
lx-2x^|
!>. upper
^cjl&luDr&tion
tarn
E ,1
^
.-&*••'
.-&?
4^fo%*
1.5% *;
||<: -1^% * |
y N
y., —
^"i'.
"^ ' V\^'lv,
'H^^£ '-Jf'-^H

.^1.1 . 1.5% *
^^ ^ ^
E

?-^.
•^f-

""^f^. ^
RRT:>18|j
< - 0.01 >:i
units *
^;RT: > 2.0%;

-K- r
•Mf-A-
'$*
:&„.
'- 3s f*
Z',\ >«<^
&~
^RRT: ± 0.006 -
ISSQLOl units *
'v«feyt 1.1 -
2^%*
m^^
•--u;

"E.N"


>2x
upper
calibration
limit

  Use professional judgement
                                             193
Draft 8/94

-------